mirror of
https://git.lyx.org/repos/lyx.git
synced 2024-11-27 19:59:46 +00:00
25429 lines
377 KiB
Plaintext
25429 lines
377 KiB
Plaintext
#LyX 2.2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
|
||
\lyxformat 508
|
||
\begin_document
|
||
\begin_header
|
||
\save_transient_properties true
|
||
\origin /systemlyxdir/doc/de/
|
||
\textclass scrbook
|
||
\begin_preamble
|
||
% Präambel nicht verändern!!!
|
||
%
|
||
% Die Präambel stellt sicher, dass das Benutzerhandbuch korrekt
|
||
% in die Formate pdf, ps und dvi exportiert werden kann.
|
||
% Wenn Probleme beim Exportieren auftreten, können Sie sich
|
||
% an das LyX-Dokumentationsteam wenden.
|
||
% EMail: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
|
||
|
||
% Setzt den Link für Spruenge zu Gleitabbildungen
|
||
% auf den Anfang des Gelitobjekts und nicht aufs Ende
|
||
\usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
|
||
|
||
% Die Seiten des Inhaltsverzeichnisses werden römisch numeriert,
|
||
% ein PDF-Lesezeichen für das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird hinzugefügt
|
||
\let\myTOC\tableofcontents
|
||
\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
|
||
\frontmatter
|
||
\pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
|
||
\myTOC
|
||
\mainmatter }
|
||
|
||
\@ifpackageloaded{babel}{
|
||
% Linkfläche für Querverweise vergrößern und automatisch benennen,
|
||
\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\ref}[1]{\mbox{\autoref{#1}}}}
|
||
\addto\extrasngerman{%
|
||
\renewcommand*{\equationautorefname}[1]{}%
|
||
\renewcommand{\sectionautorefname}{Kap.\negthinspace}%
|
||
\renewcommand{\subsectionautorefname}{Kap.\negthinspace}%
|
||
\renewcommand{\subsubsectionautorefname}{Kap.\negthinspace}%
|
||
}
|
||
}{}
|
||
\end_preamble
|
||
\options fleqn,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading
|
||
\use_default_options false
|
||
\begin_modules
|
||
logicalmkup
|
||
\end_modules
|
||
\maintain_unincluded_children false
|
||
\language ngerman
|
||
\language_package default
|
||
\inputencoding auto
|
||
\fontencoding global
|
||
\font_roman "lmodern" "default"
|
||
\font_sans "lmss" "default"
|
||
\font_typewriter "lmtt" "default"
|
||
\font_math "auto" "auto"
|
||
\font_default_family default
|
||
\use_non_tex_fonts false
|
||
\font_sc false
|
||
\font_osf false
|
||
\font_sf_scale 100 100
|
||
\font_tt_scale 100 100
|
||
\graphics default
|
||
\default_output_format pdf2
|
||
\output_sync 0
|
||
\bibtex_command default
|
||
\index_command default
|
||
\paperfontsize 12
|
||
\spacing single
|
||
\use_hyperref true
|
||
\pdf_title "LyX-Anpassung: Möglichkeiten für fortgeschrittene Benutzer"
|
||
\pdf_author "LyX Team, deutsche Übersetzung: Peter Sütterlin, Leif Albers und Hartmut Haase"
|
||
\pdf_subject "LyX-Dokumentation, Anpassung"
|
||
\pdf_keywords "LyX, Dokumentation"
|
||
\pdf_bookmarks true
|
||
\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
|
||
\pdf_bookmarksopen true
|
||
\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
|
||
\pdf_breaklinks false
|
||
\pdf_pdfborder false
|
||
\pdf_colorlinks true
|
||
\pdf_backref false
|
||
\pdf_pdfusetitle false
|
||
\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
|
||
\papersize default
|
||
\use_geometry false
|
||
\use_package amsmath 0
|
||
\use_package amssymb 0
|
||
\use_package cancel 0
|
||
\use_package esint 0
|
||
\use_package mathdots 0
|
||
\use_package mathtools 0
|
||
\use_package mhchem 0
|
||
\use_package stackrel 0
|
||
\use_package stmaryrd 0
|
||
\use_package undertilde 0
|
||
\cite_engine basic
|
||
\cite_engine_type default
|
||
\biblio_style plain
|
||
\use_bibtopic false
|
||
\use_indices false
|
||
\paperorientation portrait
|
||
\suppress_date false
|
||
\justification true
|
||
\use_refstyle 0
|
||
\notefontcolor #0000ff
|
||
\branch OutDated
|
||
\selected 0
|
||
\filename_suffix 0
|
||
\color #faf0e6
|
||
\end_branch
|
||
\index Stichwortverzeichnis
|
||
\shortcut idx
|
||
\color #008000
|
||
\end_index
|
||
\secnumdepth 3
|
||
\tocdepth 3
|
||
\paragraph_separation indent
|
||
\paragraph_indentation default
|
||
\quotes_language german
|
||
\papercolumns 1
|
||
\papersides 2
|
||
\paperpagestyle headings
|
||
\tracking_changes false
|
||
\output_changes false
|
||
\html_math_output 0
|
||
\html_css_as_file 0
|
||
\html_be_strict false
|
||
\end_header
|
||
|
||
\begin_body
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Title
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Anpassung:
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Möglichkeiten für fortgeschrittene Benutzer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Author
|
||
vom \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Team
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Übersetzung:
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Peter Sütterlin
|
||
\noun default
|
||
,
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Leif Albers
|
||
\noun default
|
||
und
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Hartmut
|
||
\noun default
|
||
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Haase
|
||
\noun default
|
||
(
|
||
\noun on
|
||
HHa
|
||
\noun default
|
||
, bis März 2010).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Version 2.2.x
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
|
||
LatexCommand tableofcontents
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Einleitung
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In diesem Teil der Dokumentation wird beschrieben, welche Möglichkeiten
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
bietet, um es den eigenen Wünschen anzupassen.
|
||
Es werden Dinge wie Tastaturkürzel, Vorschau am Bildschirm, Optionen zum
|
||
Drucken, das Senden von Befehlen an \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
durch den \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Server, Internationalisierung,
|
||
Installation neuer \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Klassen und \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Layouts usw.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
behandelt.
|
||
Es kann hier nicht alles beschrieben werden, das an \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
individuell eingestellt
|
||
und verändert werden kann — die Entwickler fügen Neuerungen schneller ein,
|
||
als wir sie dokumentieren können — doch werden die grundlegenden Fähigkeiten
|
||
von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
dokumentiert sowie für einige der etwas obskuren Hinweise gegeben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Mit der Version 1.1.6 von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
wurde eine neue Schnittstelle zu den konfigurierbaren
|
||
Eigenschaften eingeführt, die Sie über den Menüpunkt
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen
|
||
\family default
|
||
\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
aufrufen können.
|
||
Diese macht die weiter unten aufgeführten Erläuterungen zu den Konfigurationsda
|
||
teien von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
nicht überflüssig, aber es vereinfacht doch den Prozess, \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
an
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Ihre
|
||
\emph default
|
||
Bedürfnisse anzupassen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Die Konfigurationsdateien von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dieses Kapitel soll Ihnen dabei helfen, sich mit den Konfigurationsdateien
|
||
von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
vertraut zu machen.
|
||
Bevor Sie jedoch weiterlesen, sollten Sie herausfinden, wo sich das Systemverze
|
||
ichnis von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
auf Ihrem Rechner befindet.
|
||
Sie erfahren dies über den Menüpunkt
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Hilfe\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Über
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
In diesem Verzeichnis speichert \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
alle systemweiten Konfigurationsdateien,
|
||
wir werden es im weiteren
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Dir
|
||
\family default
|
||
nennen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Was befindet sich in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Dir
|
||
\family default
|
||
?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Das Verzeichnis
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Dir
|
||
\family default
|
||
sowie seine Unterverzeichnisse enthalten eine Anzahl Dateien, mit denen
|
||
das Verhalten von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
beeinflusst werden kann.
|
||
Diese Dateien können direkt von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
aus über den Dialog
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen
|
||
\family default
|
||
\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
gelesen und geändert werden.
|
||
Fast alles, was Sie möglicherweise an \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
ändern wollen, können Sie hier einstelle
|
||
n.
|
||
Jedoch können auch viele interne Dinge in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
angepasst werden, indem man
|
||
diverse andere Dateien in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Dir
|
||
\family default
|
||
verändert.
|
||
Sie sind in verschiedene Kategorien unterteilt, die in den folgenden Unterabsch
|
||
nitten behandelt werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Automatisch erzeugte Dateien
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Diese Dateien werden automatisch bei der Konfiguration von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
erzeugt.
|
||
Sie enthalten verschiedene Standardwerte, die durch Untersuchung des Systems
|
||
ermittelt werden.
|
||
Normalerweise sollte man sie nicht verändern, da sie jederzeit von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
überschrieb
|
||
en werden können.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
lyxrc.defaults
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
enthält Standardwerte für diverse Befehle.
|
||
Einstellungen, die Ihnen nicht zusagen, können einfach über
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen
|
||
\family default
|
||
\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
verändert werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
packages.lst
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
enthält eine Auf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
|
||
listung aller \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Pakete, die von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
erkannt wurden.
|
||
Derzeit wird diese Liste von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
selber nicht benutzt, jedoch ist die Information,
|
||
zusammen mit einigem anderen, über den Menüpunkt
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Hilfe\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Konfiguration
|
||
\family default
|
||
zugänglich.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
textclass.lst
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
ist eine Liste mit den im Verzeichnis
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
gefundenen Textklassen, zusammen mit den entsprechenden \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Dokumentenklassen
|
||
und einer kurzen Beschreibung.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
doc/La
|
||
\family sans
|
||
TeX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Config.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
wird bei der Konfiguration aus der Datei
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
La
|
||
\family sans
|
||
TeX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Config.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
lyx.in
|
||
\family default
|
||
erzeugt.
|
||
Jeder Eintrag der Form
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
@chk_bla@
|
||
\family default
|
||
wird dabei durch
|
||
\emph on
|
||
yes
|
||
\emph default
|
||
oder
|
||
\emph on
|
||
no
|
||
\emph default
|
||
ersetzt, je nachdem, ob das Paket
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
bla
|
||
\family default
|
||
gefunden wurde.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Verzeichnisse
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
bind/
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
Dieses Verzeichnis enthält Dateien mit der Endung
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.bind
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
In ihnen werden die Tastenkombinationen festgelegt, mit denen Sie Menüs
|
||
öffnen und Bearbeitungsoperationen direkt starten können.
|
||
Falls eine Datei
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$LANG_xxx.bind
|
||
\family default
|
||
mit einer an die internationalisierte Version von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
angepassten Tastenbelegung
|
||
existiert, wird diese bevorzugt geladen.
|
||
Näheres dazu finden Sie in
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "cha:Internationales-LyX"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
clipart/
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
Hier sind einige PostScript-Bilder gespeichert, die Sie in Ihre Dokumente
|
||
einbinden können.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
doc/
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
Enthält die Dateien der \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Dokumentation (einschließlich der, die Sie gerade
|
||
lesen).
|
||
Eine kleine Ausnahmestellung hat die bereits beschriebene Datei
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
La
|
||
\family sans
|
||
TeX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Config.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Auch hier wird eine übersetzte Version mit dem Vorsatz
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$LANG_
|
||
\family default
|
||
vor dem Dateinamen zuerst gesucht und, falls vorhanden, geladen.
|
||
Siehe dazu
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "cha:Internationales-LyX"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
examples/
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
Enthält Beispieldateien, die erläutern, wie Sie die unterschiedlichen Möglichke
|
||
iten von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
nutzen können.
|
||
Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Beispiele
|
||
\family default
|
||
im Dateiauswahlmenü, um in dieses Verzeichnis zu gelangen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
images/[math/]
|
||
\family default
|
||
Enthält Bilddateien, die von der Dialogbox
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Aufzählungszeichen
|
||
\family default
|
||
im Menü
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Do\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
ku\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
ment
|
||
\family default
|
||
\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Einstellungen
|
||
\family default
|
||
benötigt werden.
|
||
Außerdem finden Sie hier die unterschiedlichen Icons für die Werkzeugleiste
|
||
und das Bild für den Startbildschirm.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
kbd/
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
Hier sind die Definitionsdateien für die Tastaturbelegung gespeichert.
|
||
Näheres dazu finden Sie im
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Internationale-Tastaturtabellen"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
layouts/
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
Hier werden die in
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "cha:Installieren-neuer-Textklassen"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beschriebenen Layoutdateien für die unterschiedlichen Dokumentenklassen
|
||
gespeichert.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyx2lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
/ Enthält Dateien, die für die Konvertierung zwischen verschiedenen \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
"=
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Versionen benötigt werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scripts
|
||
\family default
|
||
/ Hier sind einige Python-Skripte abgelegt, die \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
für bestimmte interne Operation
|
||
en benötigt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
templates
|
||
\family default
|
||
/ Enthält die Vorlagendateien, die Ihnen bei
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Datei\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Neu
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
von
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Vorlage
|
||
\family default
|
||
präsentiert werden, siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Vorlagen-erstellen"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
tex/
|
||
\family default
|
||
Einige \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-spezifische \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Textklassen- (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
) und -Stildateien
|
||
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(.
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
sty
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ui/
|
||
\family default
|
||
Hier finden Sie Dateien mit der Endung
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.ui
|
||
\family default
|
||
, die die Benutzerschnitt\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
stel\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
le von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
festlegen, also welche Einträge in
|
||
welchen Menüs sind, und wie die Werkzeugleiste zusammengesetzt ist.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Dateien, die Sie nicht verändern sollten
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die folgenden Dateien werden intern von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
verwendet.
|
||
Sie sollten im Normalfall nur von den Entwicklern editiert werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
CREDITS
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
Diese Datei enthält eine Liste der Entwickler.
|
||
Ihr Inhalt wird über die Menüauswahl
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Hilfe\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Über
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
angezeigt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
chkconfig.ltx
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
ist ein \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Skript, das bei der Konfiguration verwendet wird.
|
||
Starten Sie es nie direkt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
configure
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
ist das eigentliche Skript, das zur Neukonfiguration von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
verwendet wird.
|
||
Es erzeugt die Konfigurationsdateien in dem Verzeichnis, von dem aus es
|
||
aufgerufen wurde.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Andere Dateien
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
encodings
|
||
\family default
|
||
Die hier enthaltene Tabelle beschreibt, wie die unterschiedlichen Zeichenkodier
|
||
ungen in Unicode dargestellt werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
external_templates
|
||
\family default
|
||
Diese Datei enthält die Vorlagen für das Feature
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Externes
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Material
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Modul.
|
||
Siehe dazu
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "cha:Externes-Material-einfügen"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
languages
|
||
\family default
|
||
Eine Liste mit allen derzeit von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
unterstützten Sprachen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
latexfonts
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Diese Datei enthält Informationen über die unterstützen \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Schriften.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
layouttranslations
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Diese Datei enthält Übersetzungen für lokalisierbare Absatzstile (siehe
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:I18n"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
unicodesymbols
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Diese Datei enthält Informationen über Unicode-kodierte Glyphen (Zeichen)
|
||
und die Art und Weise, wie diese in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
mit Hilfe von \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
unterstützt werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Das lokale Konfigurationsverzeichnis
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Eventuell benutzen Sie \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
als normaler Benutzer und wollen dennoch einige
|
||
Einstellungen der Konfiguration ändern.
|
||
Zu diesem Zweck gibt es ein benutzereigenes Verzeichnis
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
UserDir
|
||
\family default
|
||
, in dem Ihre gesamte persönliche Konfiguration gespeichert wird.
|
||
Der Name dieses Verzeichnisses wird als
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Benutzerverzeichnis
|
||
\emph default
|
||
in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Hilfe\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Über
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
angezeigt.
|
||
Dieses Verzeichnis wird als Spiegelung des systemweiten Verzeichnisses
|
||
verwendet.
|
||
Das bedeutet, dass jede Datei, die Sie dort speichern, die entsprechende
|
||
Datei im Systemverzeichnis ersetzt.
|
||
Jede der im vorigen Abschnitt beschriebenen Konfigurationsdateien kann
|
||
sich entweder im Systemverzeichnis
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Dir
|
||
\family default
|
||
oder aber in Ihrem privaten Verzeichnis befinden.
|
||
Im ersten Fall gelten die Einstellungen für alle Benutzer, im zweiten Fall
|
||
nur für Sie.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dies lässt sich an einigen Beispielen leichter erklären:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Um eine \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
Version älter als 1.1.6 umzukonfigurieren, musste der Benutzer zunächst
|
||
die Datei
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
LyXDir/lyxrc.example
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Note Note
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
HHa: wie bereits im Benutzerhandbuch erwähnt, ist URL eine einfache Möglichkeit,
|
||
um Schreibmaschinenformat umzubrechen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
nach
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
UserDir/lyxrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
kopieren und diese dann manuell editieren.
|
||
Neuere Versionen von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
lesen diese Datei zwar noch, wenn sie in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
UserDir
|
||
\family default
|
||
gefunden wird, aber alle Änderungen, die über den neuen Dialog
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen
|
||
\family default
|
||
gemacht werden, werden in der Datei
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
preferences
|
||
\family default
|
||
gespeichert.
|
||
Danach (das heißt wenn
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
preferences
|
||
\family default
|
||
gefunden wird) wird die alte
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyxrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
nicht mehr eingelesen und kann gelöscht werden.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Wenn Sie mit dem Menüpunkt
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Neu
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
konfigurieren
|
||
\family default
|
||
eine Neukonfiguration von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
durchführen, werden die dabei erzeugten Dateien
|
||
in Ihrem privaten Konfigurationsverzeichnis
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
UserDir
|
||
\family default
|
||
gespeichert.
|
||
Das bedeutet, dass ab sofort etwaige neue Dokumentenklassen, die Sie in
|
||
Ihrem Verzeichnis
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
UserDir/layouts
|
||
\family default
|
||
gespeichert haben, im Feld
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dokumentklasse
|
||
\family default
|
||
des Dialoges
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dokument
|
||
\family default
|
||
\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Einstellungen
|
||
\family default
|
||
\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
erscheinen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Falls Sie irgendwelche Dateien für neue \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Dokumentenklassen in einem Verzeichnis
|
||
installiert haben, das \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
über die Umgebungsvariable
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
TEX\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
IN\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
PUTS
|
||
\family default
|
||
findet, können auch diese in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
verwendet werden.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
vorausgesetzt, es gibt auch eine
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Datei dafür.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Wenn Sie sich von einem \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-FTP-Server eine aktuellere Version (oder zum Beispiel
|
||
diese deutsche Version) der Dokumentation besorgt haben, sie aber nicht
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
offiziell
|
||
\emph default
|
||
installieren können, da Sie keine Systemadministratorrechte haben, können
|
||
Sie diese Dateien einfach nach
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
UserDir/doc
|
||
\family default
|
||
kopieren, und sie werden automatisch über das
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Hilfe
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Menü geöffnet.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
mit mehreren Konfigurationen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die hochgradige Konfigurierbarkeit von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
durch das lokale Verzeichnis wird
|
||
für diejenigen nicht ausreichend sein, die parallel mehrere unterschiedliche
|
||
Konfigurationen verwenden wollen, zum Beispiel unterschiedliche Tastaturkürzel
|
||
und/oder Druckerkonfigurationen.
|
||
Sie können dies durch das Anlegen von mehreren Konfigurationsverzeichnissen
|
||
erreichen und \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
jeweils beim Start mitteilen, welches davon verwendet werden
|
||
soll.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Indem Sie \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
mit der Option
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-userdir
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\emph on
|
||
<verzeichnis>
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph default
|
||
starten, erreichen Sie, dass die Konfiguration aus diesem Verzeichnis anstelle
|
||
des Standardverzeichnisses gelesen wird (das Standardverzeichnis ermitteln
|
||
Sie, indem Sie \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
ohne diese Option starten).
|
||
Falls das so angegebene Verzeichnis noch nicht existiert, fragt \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
genau
|
||
wie beim ersten Start nach, ob es angelegt werden soll.
|
||
Die Konfiguration in diesem Verzeichnis können Sie dann wie im Normalfall
|
||
in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
verändern, die Einstellungen im Standardverzeichnis werden aber nicht
|
||
verändert – beide Verzeichnisse sind völlig unabhängig.
|
||
Anstelle der Kommandozeilenoption können Sie übrigens auch die Umgebungsvariabl
|
||
e
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
LYX_USERDIR_20x
|
||
\family default
|
||
auf das zu verwendende Verzeichnis setzen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Unterschiedliche Konfigurationsverzeichnisse bedeuten aber auch zusätzlichen
|
||
Aufwand: Wenn Sie etwa eine neue Layoutdatei in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
UserDir/layouts
|
||
\family default
|
||
hinzufügen und diese für alle Konfigurationen sichtbar sein soll, müssen
|
||
Sie sie in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
allen
|
||
\emph default
|
||
Verzeichnissen separat hinzufügen.
|
||
Sie können das jedoch mit einem Trick umgehen: Nachdem \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
das neue UserDir
|
||
angelegt hat, sind praktisch alle Unterverzeichnisse (siehe oben) leer.
|
||
Sie können also all diese Verzeichnis durch einen symbolischen Link auf
|
||
das entsprechende Verzeichnis im originalen
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
UserDir
|
||
\family default
|
||
ersetzen.
|
||
Lediglich mit dem Verzeichnis
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
doc
|
||
\family default
|
||
müssen Sie vorsichtig sein, denn dort wird eine Datei durch das Konfigurationss
|
||
kript (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Neu
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
konfigurieren
|
||
\family default
|
||
) abgelegt, die konfigurationsabhängig ist.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Der Dialog Werkzeuge
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Ei
|
||
\family sans
|
||
nstellungen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Formate
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:Formate"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Als ersten Schritt müssen Sie Ihre Dateiformate definieren, wenn das nicht
|
||
bereits passiert ist.
|
||
Dazu öffnen Sie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Dateiformate
|
||
\family default
|
||
und klicken auf
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Neu
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Das
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Format
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Feld enthält den Namen, unter dem das Format im GUI identifiziert wird.
|
||
Im Feld
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Einsortieren
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
als
|
||
\family default
|
||
steht der Name, mit dem das Format intern identifiziert wird.
|
||
Außerdem muss eine
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dateiendung
|
||
\family default
|
||
festgelegt werden.
|
||
Diese drei Felder sind erforderlich.
|
||
Zusätzlich kann ein
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Tastenkürzel
|
||
\family default
|
||
definiert werden.
|
||
Zum Beispiel ruft
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Strg+D
|
||
\family default
|
||
das Menü
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Ansicht\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
DVI
|
||
\family default
|
||
auf.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ein Format kann ein
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Bearbeitungsprogramm
|
||
\family default
|
||
und ein
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Anzeigeprogramm
|
||
\family default
|
||
haben.
|
||
Am Beispiel von JPEG-Dateien steht bei mir in beiden Feldern
|
||
\family sans
|
||
gimp
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Was bei Ihnen steht, hängt von der Software-Ausstattung Ihres PCs ab.
|
||
Zum Definieren des Befehls können auch die vier Variablen aus dem nächsten
|
||
Abschnitt benutzt werden.
|
||
Das
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Bearbeitungsprogramm
|
||
\family default
|
||
wird aufgerufen, wenn Sie nach einem Rechtsklick auf ein Bild
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Datei
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
extern
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bearbeiten
|
||
\family default
|
||
auswählen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Der MIME-Typ
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MIME (
|
||
\emph on
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions
|
||
\emph default
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
) ist ein Kodierstandard, der ursprünglich entwickelt wurde, um die Struktur
|
||
und den Aufbau von E-Mails festzulegen.
|
||
Er wird mittlerweile aber auch zur generellen Bestimmung von Dateiformaten
|
||
eingesetzt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
eines Formats muss nicht zwingend angegeben werden, wenn er aber angegeben
|
||
wird, dann sollte dies einheitlich über alle Formatvarianten hinweg geschehen.
|
||
Der MIME-Typ wird verwendet, um ein Dateiformat über den Dateiinhalt zu
|
||
erkennen.
|
||
Für einige wichtige Dateiformate wurde von der zuständigen Organisation
|
||
(
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "IANA"
|
||
target "http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) noch kein offizielles MIME-Typ festgelegt.
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
verwendet daher die erweiterte inoffizielle Liste, die von
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "freedesktop.org"
|
||
target "http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
festgelegt wurde.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wenn
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dokumentformat
|
||
\family default
|
||
angekreuzt ist, weiß \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
, dass das Format für den Dokumentexport geeignet
|
||
ist.
|
||
Wenn dann auch noch ein geeigneter Konverter existiert (siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Konverter"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
), wird das Format unter
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Datei\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Exportieren
|
||
\family default
|
||
erscheinen.
|
||
Außerdem wird es im Menü
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Ansicht
|
||
\family default
|
||
erscheinen, wenn ein
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Anzeigeprogramm
|
||
\family default
|
||
angegeben wurde.
|
||
Reine Grafikformate wie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
png
|
||
\family default
|
||
sollten diese Option nicht benutzen, dagegen aber Formate, die sowohl Vektorgra
|
||
fiken als auch Dokumente repräsentieren wie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pdf
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die Option
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Vektorgrafik-Format
|
||
\family default
|
||
sagt \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
, dass ein Format Vektorgrafiken ent\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
halten kann.
|
||
Diese Information wird dazu benutzt, um ein Zielformat für eingefügte Grafiken
|
||
für den
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pdflatex
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Export zu bestimmen.
|
||
Eingefügte Grafiken müs\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
sen nach
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pdf
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
png
|
||
\family default
|
||
oder
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
jpg
|
||
\family default
|
||
konvertiert werden, weil
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pdflatex
|
||
\family default
|
||
keine anderen Grafikformate handhaben kann.
|
||
Hat eine eingefügte Grafik bereits eines der Formate, wird sie nach pdf
|
||
konvertiert, wenn
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Vektorgrafik-Format
|
||
\family default
|
||
angekreuzt ist, sonst nach
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
png
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Kopierer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Weil alle Konvertierungen im temporären Verzeichnis von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
stattfinden, muss
|
||
eine Datei manchmal geändert werden bevor sie ins temporäre Verzeichnis
|
||
kopiert wird, damit die Konvertierung durchgeführt werden kann.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Wenn die Datei beispielsweise auf andere Dateien mit relativen Pfaden verweist
|
||
– vielleicht Bilder – und diese Pfade beim Kopieren ungültig werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Das macht ein Kopierer: er kopiert eine Datei ins (oder vom) temporären
|
||
Verzeichnis und ändert sie dabei.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die Definitionen der Kopierer können acht Variablen benutzen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$$s
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist das Systemverzeichnis von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
(zum Beispiel
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
/usr/local/bin/
|
||
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$$i
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist die Eingabedatei.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$$o
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist die Ausgabedatei.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$$b
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Der Basisname (ohne Dateinamenerweiterung), wie er im temporären \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Verzeichnis
|
||
verwendet wird.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$$p
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist der vollständige Dateipfad des temporären \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Verzeichnisses.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$$r
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist der vollständige Dateipfad der \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Datei.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$$f
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist der Dateiname der \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Datei (ohne Verzeichnispfad).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$$l
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist der
|
||
\emph on
|
||
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Name
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Dies sollte der Dateiname sein, den \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
im
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
include
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Befehl benutzt.
|
||
Er ist nur dann relevant, wenn die expor\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
tier\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
ten Dateien für den Befehl
|
||
geeignet sind.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Kopierer können benutzt werden, um
|
||
\emph on
|
||
fast
|
||
\emph default
|
||
alles mit Ausgabedateien zu machen.
|
||
Wenn Sie zum Beispiel
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pdf
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Dateien in ein spezielles Verzeichnis kopieren wollen, können Sie ein Shell-Skr
|
||
ipt wie folgt schreiben:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#!/bin/bash
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
FROMFILE=$1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
TOFILE=`basename $2`
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
cp $FROMFILE /home/you/pdf/$TOFILE
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Speichern Sie das Skript ausführbar in Ihrem lokalen \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Verzeichnis – etwa
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
/home/you/lyx/scripts/pdfkopierer.sh
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Dann wählen Sie in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Ein\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
stel\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
lun\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
gen\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Dateiformate
|
||
\family default
|
||
das Format
|
||
\family sans
|
||
PDF
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(pdflatex)
|
||
\family default
|
||
und tragen im Kopierer-Feld
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pdfkopierer.sh $$i $$o
|
||
\family default
|
||
ein.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Kopierer werden von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
in vielen eigenen Konvertierungen benutzt.
|
||
Wenn auf dem PC geeignete Programme installiert sind, wird \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
automatisch
|
||
Kopierer für
|
||
\family sans
|
||
HTML
|
||
\family default
|
||
und
|
||
\family sans
|
||
HTML
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(MS
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Word)
|
||
\family default
|
||
installieren.
|
||
Wenn diese Formate exportiert werden,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
sieht
|
||
\emph default
|
||
der Kopierer, dass nicht nur die Haupt-HTML-Datei, sondern auch verschiedene
|
||
zugehörige Dateien (Stildateien, Bilder usw.) kopiert werden müssen.
|
||
All diese Dateien werden in ein Unterverzeichnis des Verzeichnisses geschrieben
|
||
, in dem die \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Datei steht.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Kopierer können angepasst werden.
|
||
Der optionale Parameter
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-e
|
||
\family default
|
||
kann eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste von Erweiterungen enthalten, die
|
||
mitkopiert werden sollen.
|
||
Wenn es fehlt, werden alle Dateien kopiert.
|
||
Der Parameter
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-t
|
||
\family default
|
||
bestimmt die Namenserweiterung, die an den erzeugten Verzeichnisnamen angehängt
|
||
werden soll.
|
||
Standardmäßig ist es
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyXconv
|
||
\family default
|
||
, so dass die aus
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Datei.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
erzeugte HTML-Datei im Unterverzeichnis
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Datei.html.
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
conv
|
||
\family default
|
||
landet.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Konverter
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:Konverter"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Sie können eigene Konverter in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Ein\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
stel\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
lun\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
gen\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Kon\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
verter
|
||
\family default
|
||
definieren.
|
||
Dazu wählen aus
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Von
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Format
|
||
\family default
|
||
und
|
||
\family sans
|
||
In
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Format
|
||
\family default
|
||
jeweils eins aus, schreiben den benötigten Befehl ins Feld
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Konverter
|
||
\family default
|
||
und klicken auf
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Hinzufügen
|
||
\family default
|
||
rechts oben.
|
||
Sie können im Befehl mehrere Variablen benutzen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$s
|
||
\family default
|
||
ist das Systemverzeichnis von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
(zum Beispiel
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
/usr/local/bin/
|
||
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$i
|
||
\family default
|
||
ist die Eingabedatei.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$o
|
||
\family default
|
||
ist die Ausgabedatei.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$b
|
||
\family default
|
||
ist der Dateiname ohne Erweiterung (siehe Linux-Befehl
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
basename
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$p
|
||
\family default
|
||
ist der Pfad zur Eingabedatei.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$r
|
||
\family default
|
||
ist der Pfad zur ursprünglichen Eingabedatei.
|
||
Wenn eine Kette von Konvertern aufgerufen wird, weicht er von
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$p
|
||
\family default
|
||
ab.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ins Feld Zusatz-Flag können Sie folgende, durch Kommata getrennte, Flags
|
||
schrei\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
ben:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
latex
|
||
\family default
|
||
Damit ein besonderer \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Lauf gestartet, der die \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Fehlermel\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
dun\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
gen von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
verfügbar
|
||
macht.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
needaux
|
||
\family default
|
||
benötigt die \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Datei
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
xyz.aux
|
||
\family default
|
||
zur Konvertierung.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
nice
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
benötigt eine
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
schöne
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Datei, also eine, die so aussieht, wie die, die man über das Menü exportiert
|
||
(ohne interne Hilfsbefehle wie
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
input@path
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
xml
|
||
\family default
|
||
Damit wird die Ausgabe im XML-Format gespeichert.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die folgenden Flags sind keine richtigen, weil sie ein Argument der Form
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
key=value
|
||
\family default
|
||
benutzen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
parselog
|
||
\family default
|
||
Wenn das gesetzt ist, wird der Standardfehler des Konverters in die Datei
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
infile.out
|
||
\family default
|
||
umgeleitet, und das Skript wird so ausgeführt:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
script
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
infile.out
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
infile.log
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Das Argument kann
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$s
|
||
\family default
|
||
ent\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
halten.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
resultdir
|
||
\family default
|
||
ist der Name des Verzeichnisses, in dem der Konverter die erzeugten Dateien
|
||
ablegen soll.
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
wird das Verzeichnis nicht anlegen und auch nichts hineinkopieren, aber
|
||
dieses Verzeichnis an seinen Bestimmungs\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
ort kopieren.
|
||
Das Argument darf
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$b
|
||
\family default
|
||
enthalten, was durch die Basisnamen von Ein- oder Ausgabedatei ersetzt
|
||
wird, wenn das Verzeichnis kopiert wird.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Beachten Sie, das
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
resultdir
|
||
\family default
|
||
und
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
usetempdir
|
||
\family default
|
||
zusammen keinen Sinn machen.
|
||
Wenn das erste definiert wurde, wird das zweite ignoriert.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
resultfile
|
||
\family default
|
||
ist der Name der Ausgabedatei und darf
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
$$b
|
||
\family default
|
||
enthalten.
|
||
Er wird nur zusammen mit
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
resultdir
|
||
\family default
|
||
benutzt und ist auch da nur optional.
|
||
Wenn er nicht angegeben wird, wird
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
index
|
||
\family default
|
||
benutzt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Keines dieser Flags wird zur Zeit in einem Konverter benutzt, der zusammen
|
||
mit \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
installiert wird.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Sie müssen nicht für alle Formate, zwischen denen Sie konvertieren wollen,
|
||
Konverter definieren.
|
||
Zum Beispiel gibt es keinen Konverter von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
nach PostScript, aber \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
wird
|
||
PostScript exportieren.
|
||
Dies geschieht, indem zunächst eine \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Datei erzeugt wird – dafür wird auch
|
||
kein Konverter benötigt –, die dann mit dem Konverter von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
nach DVI in
|
||
eine DVI-Datei konvertiert wird, die schließlich nach PostScript konvertiert
|
||
wird.
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
findet solche Konverter-Ketten automatisch und wird immer die kürzeste
|
||
finden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Trotzdem können Sie Mehrfachkonversionen zwischen Dateiformaten definieren.
|
||
Zum Beispiel liefert die Standardkonfiguration von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
fünf Möglichkeiten,
|
||
um von \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
nach PDF zu konvertieren:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
direkt mit
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pdflatex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
mit
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ps2pdf
|
||
\family default
|
||
über DVI und PostScript
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
mit
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dvipdfm
|
||
\family default
|
||
über DVI
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
direkt mit
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Xe\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
direkt mit
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Um andere Ketten zu definieren, müssen Sie andere Ziel-
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Dateiformate
|
||
\emph default
|
||
definieren, wie in
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Formate"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beschrieben.
|
||
Zum Beispiel enthält die Standardkonfiguration verschiedene Formate für
|
||
pdf-Dateien, die
|
||
\family sans
|
||
pdf
|
||
\family default
|
||
(für
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ps2pdf
|
||
\family default
|
||
),
|
||
\family sans
|
||
pdf2
|
||
\family default
|
||
(für
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pdflatex
|
||
\family default
|
||
),
|
||
\family sans
|
||
pdf3
|
||
\family default
|
||
(für
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dvipdfm
|
||
\family default
|
||
),
|
||
\family sans
|
||
pdf4
|
||
\family default
|
||
(für
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Xe\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
) und
|
||
\family sans
|
||
pdf5
|
||
\family default
|
||
(für
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
) heißen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Internationales \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "cha:Internationales-LyX"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Anmerkung des Übersetzers: Dieses Kapitel behandelt zwei Themenbereiche.
|
||
Einmal wird in
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Eine-andere-Sprache"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Tastaturkürzel-für-andere"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
erklärt, wie man \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
mitteilt, dass man in einer fremdsprachlichen Umgebung
|
||
arbeitet.
|
||
Der überwiegende Rest des Kapitels erläutert, wie man \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
an eine neue Sprache
|
||
anpasst, das heißt wie man es übersetzt.
|
||
Da diese Arbeiten für eine deutsche Umgebung bereits erledigt wurden, dürfte
|
||
dieser Teil des Kapitels für die Leser dieser Übersetzung weitgehend uninteress
|
||
ant sein.
|
||
Die letzten beiden Abschnitte,
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Internationale-Tastaturbelegung"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Internationale-Tastaturtabellen"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, waren bei der Übersetzung noch nicht ganz up to date.
|
||
(Leif Albers)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
kann mit übersetzten Versionen seiner Benutzerschnittstelle arbeiten.
|
||
Als dieser Text erstellt wurde, waren über den normalen englischen Text
|
||
Anpassungen für 23 Sprachen Bestandteil der \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Distribution.
|
||
Die von Ihnen benutze Sprache zeigt Ihnen der Befehl
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
locale
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
(Für weitere Informationen über
|
||
\emph on
|
||
locale
|
||
\emph default
|
||
-Definitionen ist die Manpage
|
||
\emph on
|
||
locale(5)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
ein guter Startpunkt.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Bitte beachten Sie, dass diese Übersetzungen zwar funktionieren, aber oft
|
||
ein paar Einschränkungen unterliegen.
|
||
Insbesondere wurde das Design der Popup-Menüs auf den englischen Text zugeschni
|
||
tten.
|
||
Das bedeutet, dass der übersetzte Text an einigen Stellen mehr Platz benötigt
|
||
als dort zur Verfügung steht.
|
||
Dies ist natürlich nur ein Darstellungsproblem und schränkt nicht die Funktions
|
||
weise von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
ein.
|
||
Sie werden auch feststellen, dass einige Übersetzungen nicht für alle Menüpunkt
|
||
e Tastenkürzel definieren.
|
||
Manchmal stehen einfach nicht genügend freie Buchstaben zur Verfügung,
|
||
manchmal hatte der Übersetzer einfach bisher keine Zeit, sich darum zu
|
||
kümmern.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wir werden versuchen, diese Dinge in einer späteren Version zu korrigieren.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
übersetzen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Die Benutzerschnittstelle übersetzen (Textmeldungen)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
verwendet die GNU-gettext-Bibliothek, um die Internationalisierung der
|
||
Benutzerschnittstelle zu verwalten.
|
||
Um \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
dazu zu bringen, in allen Menüs und Dialog-Boxen Ihre Lieblingssprache
|
||
zu verwenden, müssen Sie eine
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
po
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Datei für diese Sprache erstellen.
|
||
Anschließend müssen Sie daraus eine
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
mo
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Datei erzeugen und diese installieren.
|
||
Eine umfassende Anleitung dazu finden Sie in der Dokumentation für GNU
|
||
gettext.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Natürlich nur auf englisch.
|
||
Die Veränderungen, die an der
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
po
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Datei durchgeführt werden müssen, sind allerdings recht intuitiv.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Kurz gesagt müssen folgende Veränderungen durchgeführt werden (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series bold
|
||
xx
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
bezeichnet den Sprachencode der neuen Sprache):
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Laden Sie den \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Quellcode herunter.
|
||
(Siehe die
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "Informationen im Netz"
|
||
target "http://www.lyx.org/HowToUseGIT"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Kopieren Sie die Datei
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyx.pot
|
||
\family default
|
||
in das Verzeichnis der .po-Dateien.
|
||
Benennen Sie anschließend die Datei in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series bold
|
||
xx
|
||
\series default
|
||
.po
|
||
\family default
|
||
um.
|
||
(Falls
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyx.pot
|
||
\family default
|
||
nicht existiert, kann sie mit dem Befehl
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
make
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
lyx.pot
|
||
\family default
|
||
neu erzeugt werden.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Editieren Sie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
xx.po
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Für diese Aufgabe gibt es spezielle Programme, wie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Poedit
|
||
\family default
|
||
(für alle Plattformen) oder
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
KBabel
|
||
\family default
|
||
(für KDE).
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Emacs
|
||
\family default
|
||
hat ebenfalls einen Modus, der Sie bei dieser Arbeit unterstützt, siehe
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/PO-Mode.html
|
||
\backslash
|
||
#PO-Mode
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Für einige Menü- und Widgetfunktionen gibt es Tastenkürzel, die ebenfalls
|
||
übersetzt werden sollten.
|
||
Diese Tasten werden mit '
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
|
||
\family default
|
||
' markiert und sollten passend mitübersetzt werden.
|
||
Sie sollten auch das Informationsfeld am Anfang der neuen po-Datei ausfüllen
|
||
(mit Ihrer EMail-Adresse, usw.), damit Sie für andere Leute erreichbar sind,
|
||
die Ihnen Vorschläge oder unterhaltsame Flames schicken möchten.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Erzeugen Sie in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/lyx.pot
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
mit dem Befehl
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
make up\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
date-gmo
|
||
\family default
|
||
die Datei
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series bold
|
||
xx
|
||
\series default
|
||
.gmo
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Installieren Sie die
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
gmo
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Datei mit dem Befehl
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
su -c 'make install'
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Um eine neue
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
po
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Datei zu der \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Distribution
|
||
\emph default
|
||
hinzuzufügen, müssen eine Reihe von Dateien (Konfigurations-Skripts und
|
||
mehr) verändert werden.
|
||
Aber dank der gettext-Bibliothek ist ein Einbinden in den \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Quellcode für
|
||
den Anwender unnötig.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wenn Sie eine Übersetzung für eine Sprache erstellt haben, die \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
zur Zeit
|
||
noch nicht unterstützt, sollten Sie uns ruhig ein Patch mit Ihrer Datei
|
||
zusenden.
|
||
Wie man ein Patch erstellt, erfahren Sie in der README-Datei im Verzeichnis
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Die Dokumentation übersetzen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
[Anmerkung des Übersetzers:
|
||
\emph default
|
||
wenn
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Sie die Dokumentation übersetzen wollen, benutzen Sie als Vorlage auf jeden
|
||
Fall das englische Original.
|
||
Übersetzungen – diese eingeschlossen – sind oft nicht ganz auf dem neuesten
|
||
Stand.
|
||
-LA]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Auch die Online-Dokumentation (im
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Hilfe
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Menü) kann (und sollte!) übersetzt werden.
|
||
Wenn übersetzte Versionen verfügbar sind und die
|
||
\emph on
|
||
locale
|
||
\emph default
|
||
entsprechend gesetzt wurde, werden diese automatisch von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
benutzt.
|
||
Zur Zeit sind Übersetzungen in etwa 20 Sprachen vorhanden.
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
sucht nach übersetzten Versionen in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Dir/doc/
|
||
\series bold
|
||
xx
|
||
\series default
|
||
_DocName.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
, wobei wie immer
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series bold
|
||
xx
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
für das entsprechende Sprach\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
kür\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
zel steht, das in der Umgebungsvariablen
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
LANG
|
||
\family default
|
||
gesetzt wird.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Falls solche Dateien nicht existieren, wird die englische Version verwendet.
|
||
Auch die übersetzten Versionen müssen (bis auf das
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series bold
|
||
xx
|
||
\series default
|
||
_
|
||
\family default
|
||
) den gleichen (englischen) Dateinamen (im Beispiel oben
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
DocName
|
||
\family default
|
||
) tragen wie die englischen Originale.
|
||
Wenn Sie gerne die Dokumentation übersetzen möchten (übrigens ein guter
|
||
Weg, um die Originale Korrektur zu lesen!), hier ein paar Tipps, die Ihnen
|
||
möglicherweise etwas Arbeit ersparen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Werfen Sie einen Blick auf die Seiten des Übersetzungsteams auf der Homepage
|
||
des \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Entwickler-Teams:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.lyx.org/Translation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Dort erfahren Sie, welche Texte bereits in Ihre Sprache übersetzt sind,
|
||
auch sehen Sie, ob jemand (und wenn ja, wer) die Übersetzungsaktivitäten
|
||
koordiniert.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wenn Sie dann mit der eigentlichen Übersetzungsarbeit beginnen, sind hier
|
||
einige Tipps, die Ihnen vielleicht helfen, einige Schwierigkeiten zu überwinden
|
||
:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Machen Sie im Dokumentationsteam mit! Informationen dazu gibt es in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Hilfe\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einführung
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Dies ist übrigens das erste Dokument, das Sie übersetzen sollten.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Machen Sie sich mit den typographischen Konventionen der Sprache vertraut,
|
||
in die Sie übersetzen möchten.
|
||
Typographie ist eine alte Kunst, und in vielen Teilen der Welt wurden verschied
|
||
ene Konventionen eingeführt.
|
||
Auch sollten Sie die typographische Terminologie in Ihrem Land lernen.
|
||
Eine eigene Terminologie würde nur die Leser verwirren.
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
(Warnung: Typographie macht süchtig!)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Legen Sie eine Kopie des Originaldokumentes an.
|
||
Dies wird Ihre Arbeitskopie.
|
||
Sie können diese als selbst-übersetzten Hilfe-Datei in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
verwenden, indem
|
||
Sie sie in den Ordner
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
UserDir/doc/xx/
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
kopieren.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
Achtung:
|
||
\series default
|
||
Für komplexe Dokumente mit externem Material (Bilder usw.) werden die Dateipfade
|
||
von relativ auf absolut geändert, wenn man das Dokument verschiebt.
|
||
Daher ist es das Beste, \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
mittels Git zu beziehen (siehe
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.lyx.org/HowToUseGIT
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) und das Dokument im Verzeichnis zu belassen.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Wann immer Sie einen Fehler im Originaltext entdecken, korrigieren Sie ihn
|
||
und teilen dem Rest des Dokumentationsteams Ihre Veränderungen mit.
|
||
(Sie haben nicht vergessen, dem Dokumentationsteam beizutreten, oder?)
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Auch die Originaldokumentation ist nicht komplett.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Internationale Tastaturbelegung
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:Internationale-Tastaturbelegung"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Eigene Tastaturtabellen definieren: das
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Keymap
|
||
\emph default
|
||
-Dateiformat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Sehen wir uns einmal die
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Keymap
|
||
\emph default
|
||
-Datei ein wenig näher an.
|
||
Es handelt sich um eine ASCII-Datei, in der folgendes definiert wird:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Taste-Taste- oder Taste-String-Transformationen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Tote
|
||
\emph default
|
||
Tasten – sogenannte
|
||
\emph on
|
||
dead keys
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Ausnahmen für tote Tasten.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zur Definition einer Taste-Taste- oder Taste-String-Transformation dient
|
||
folgender Befehl:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kmap Taste Ausgabe
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
wobei
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Taste
|
||
\family default
|
||
die zu übersetzende Taste bezeichnet und
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Ausgabe
|
||
\family default
|
||
die Taste oder den String, der dafür in das Dokument eingefügt werden soll.
|
||
Eine tote Taste definiert man mit:
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kmod
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Taste Tote-Taste
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
wobei
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Taste
|
||
\family default
|
||
wieder eine Taste auf der Tastatur bezeichnet und
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Tote-Taste
|
||
\family default
|
||
der Name einer toten Taste ist.
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
unterstützt folgende toten Tasten (Abkürzungen in Klammern):
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Name
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Beispiel
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
acute (acu)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
áéíóú
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
grave (gra)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
àèìòù
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
macron (mac)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ō
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
tilde (til)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ñÑ
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
underbar (underb)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
b o
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
cedilla (ced)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
çÇ
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
underdot (underd)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
d o
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
circumflex (circu)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
âêîôû
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
circle (circl)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ÅůŮ
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
tie (tie)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
t oo
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
breve (bre)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ă
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
u o
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
caron (car)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
čšž
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
hungarian umlaut (hug)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
őű
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
umlaut (uml)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
äöü
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
dot (dot)
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ż
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
.s
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Da es auf vielen internationalen Tastaturen Ausnahmen dafür gibt, wie eine
|
||
bestimmte tote Taste das folgende Zeichen verändern soll, können diese
|
||
definiert werden, und zwar mit:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kxmod
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Tote-Taste Taste Ausgabe
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zum Beispiel soll caron-o auf einer slowakischen Tastatur ein circumflex-o
|
||
erzeugen.
|
||
Dies erreicht man mit:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kxmod
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
caron o "
|
||
\backslash
|
||
^o"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Auch müssen für die Buchstaben i und j Ausnahmen definiert werden, um den
|
||
Punkt zu löschen, bevor ein Akzent eingefügt wird.
|
||
Ich werde dies beizeiten ändern, hatte aber bisher noch keine Zeit dazu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ach so, zur Definition der Ausgabe: Der Backslash
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist ein Sonderzeichen.
|
||
Um ihn einzugeben, muss man einen doppelten Backslash
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
eingeben.
|
||
Auch das Anführungszeichen
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
"
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und das Doppelkreuz
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
#
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
haben eine andere Bedeutung.
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
#
|
||
\family default
|
||
bezeichnet einen Kommentar, Anführungszeichen markieren den Anfang und
|
||
das Ende eines Strings (das heißt einer \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Befehlssequenz).
|
||
Um diese Zeichen einzugeben, muss ein Backslash vorangestellt werden (also:
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
"
|
||
\family default
|
||
und
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
#
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
Wenn Sie eine funktionierende Keymap-Datei für eine neue Sprache angefertigt
|
||
haben, mailen Sie diese bitte an das Entwickler-Team, damit sie in die
|
||
nächste Distribution integriert werden kann.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In Zukunft werden auch noch folgende Befehle unterstützt:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kinclude Dateiname
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph on
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
bindet eine andere Datei ein
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kprog
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Programm
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph on
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
definiert ein externes Keymap-Programm
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Auch sollte es die
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyxrc-D
|
||
\family default
|
||
atei nach Voreinstellungen durchsuchen (zum Beispiel nach einer Option
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kinclude
|
||
\family default
|
||
, um eine Standardtastatur zu verwenden).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Internationale Tastaturtabellen:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Keymaps
|
||
\emph default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:Internationale-Tastaturtabellen"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die nächsten beiden Abschnitte beschreiben detailliert die Syntax der
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.kmap
|
||
\family default
|
||
- und
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.cdef
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Dateien.
|
||
Diese Abschnitte sollten Ihnen dabei helfen, Ihre eigene Tastaturtabelle
|
||
zu entwerfen, wenn die vorhandenen nicht ganz Ihren Bedürfnissen entsprechen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Die
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.kmap
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Datei
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:Die-.kmap-Datei"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Eine
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\shape up
|
||
.
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
kmap
|
||
\family default
|
||
\shape default
|
||
-Datei transformiert gedrückte Tasten zu Buchstaben oder Strings (Zeichenketten)
|
||
– es definiert ein
|
||
\emph on
|
||
keyboard mapping
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Im Folgenden werden die Schlüsselwörter
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
kmap
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
kmod
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
kxmod
|
||
\family default
|
||
und
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
kcomb
|
||
\family default
|
||
beschrieben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\shape up
|
||
kmap
|
||
\family default
|
||
\shape default
|
||
Transformiere einen Buchstaben zu einem String
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kmap
|
||
\family roman
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Zeichen Ausgabe
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dieser Ausdruck definiert, dass
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Zeichen
|
||
\emph default
|
||
zu
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Ausgabe
|
||
\emph default
|
||
transformiert werden soll.
|
||
Dabei müssen in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Ausgabe
|
||
\emph default
|
||
die Zeichen Backslash
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und Anführungszeichen
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
"
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
mit einem vorangehenden Backslash versehen werden.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Als Beispiel ein Ausdruck, der das Zeichen
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
/
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ausgibt, wenn die Taste
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
&
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gedrückt wurde:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kmap & /
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\shape up
|
||
kmod
|
||
\family default
|
||
\shape default
|
||
Spezifiziere ein Akzentzeichen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kmod
|
||
\family roman
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Zeichen Akzent erlaubt
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dieser Ausdruck wird dafür sorgen, dass
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Zeichen
|
||
\emph default
|
||
als ein bestimmter
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Akzent
|
||
\emph default
|
||
interpretiert wird, und zwar bei allen Zeichen, die in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
erlaubt
|
||
\emph default
|
||
aufgeführt sind.
|
||
Dies ist der Mechanismus toter Tasten
|
||
\emph on
|
||
(dead keys).
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Der Ausdruck
|
||
\emph on
|
||
tote
|
||
\emph default
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Taste
|
||
\emph default
|
||
kommt daher, dass diese Taste allein kein Zeichen erzeugt, aber, gefolgt
|
||
von einer anderen Taste, akzentuierte Zeichen erzeugt.
|
||
Zum Beispiel kann auf diese Weise é
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
erzeugt werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
Wenn Sie die Taste
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Zeichen
|
||
\emph default
|
||
drücken, gefolgt von einem Zeichen, das
|
||
\emph on
|
||
nicht
|
||
\emph default
|
||
in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
erlaubt
|
||
\emph default
|
||
aufgeführt wurde, werden einfach beide Zeichen einzeln ausgegeben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Der folgende Ausdruck definiert, dass die Taste
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
^
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
der circumflex-Akzent wird, wenn er von einem der Buchstaben a, e, i, o,
|
||
u, A, E, I ,O oder U gefolgt wird:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kmod ^ circumflex aeiouAEIOU
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
kxmod
|
||
\family default
|
||
Definiere eine Ausnahme zu einem Akzentzeichen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kxmod
|
||
\family roman
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Akzent Zeichen Ausgabe
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dieser Ausdruck definiert eine Ausnahme für die Wirkung, die
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Akzent
|
||
\emph default
|
||
in Verbin\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
dung mit
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Zeichen
|
||
\emph default
|
||
haben soll.
|
||
Dabei muss
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Akzent
|
||
\emph default
|
||
vorher mit Hilfe einer
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kmod
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Zeile einer Taste zugewiesen worden sein.
|
||
Wenn Sie die Sequenz
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Akzent, Zeichen
|
||
\emph default
|
||
drücken, wird
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Ausgabe
|
||
\emph default
|
||
produziert.
|
||
Falls solch eine Definition
|
||
\emph on
|
||
nicht
|
||
\emph default
|
||
existiert, und Sie
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Akzent, Zeichen
|
||
\emph default
|
||
eingeben, erhalten Sie das
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Zeichen
|
||
\emph default
|
||
– akzentuiert.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Der folgende Ausdruck sorgt dafür, dass \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
bei einem
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
i
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
mit circumflex den I-Punkt entfernt, bevor das Akzentsymbol eingefügt wird:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kxmod circumflex i "
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
^{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
i}"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
kcomb
|
||
\family default
|
||
Kombiniere zwei Akzentsymbole
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kcomb
|
||
\family roman
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Akzent1 Akzent2 erlaubt
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Hier wird es ziemlich esoterisch.
|
||
Dieser Ausdruck erlaubt die Kombination der Effekte von
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Akzent1
|
||
\emph default
|
||
und
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Akzent2
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(in dieser Reihenfolge!) bei allen
|
||
\emph on
|
||
erlaubten
|
||
\emph default
|
||
Zei\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
chen.
|
||
Die Bedeutungen von
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Akzent1
|
||
\emph default
|
||
und
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Akzent2
|
||
\emph default
|
||
müssen zuvor mit Hilfe von
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kmod
|
||
\family default
|
||
definiert worden sein.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Folgendes Beispiel aus der Datei
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
greek.kmap
|
||
\family default
|
||
:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kmod ; acute aeioyvhAEIOYVH
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kmod : umlaut iyIY
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
kcomb acute umlaut iyIY
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Diese Zeilen erlauben es,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
;:i
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
einzugeben und auf diese Weise
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
'{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
"{i}}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
zu erzeugen (
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
'{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
"{i}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
In diesem Fall löscht die Backspace-Taste das letzte gedrückte Zei\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
chen.
|
||
Wenn Sie also
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
;:
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Backspace
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
i
|
||
\family default
|
||
eingeben, erhalten Sie
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
'(i)
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
'i
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Die
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.cdef
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Datei
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nachdem \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
die
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.kmap
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Datei verarbeitet hat, erklärt eine
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.cdef
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Datei, wie die einzelnen Symbole im gegenwärtigen Zeichensatz dargestellt
|
||
werden sollen.
|
||
Die \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Dis\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
tri\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
bu\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
tion enthält wenigstens die Dateien
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
iso8859-1.cdef
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\shape up
|
||
iso8859-
|
||
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
2.cdef
|
||
\family default
|
||
\shape default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Generell besteht eine
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.
|
||
\shape up
|
||
cdef
|
||
\family default
|
||
\shape default
|
||
-Datei aus einer Reihe von Deklarationen der folgenden Form:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\family roman
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Position_im_Zeichensatz String
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Um beispielsweise dem String (
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Ausgabe
|
||
\emph default
|
||
im vorigen Abschnitt)
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
'{e}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
das ent\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
spre\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
chen\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
de Zeichen im ISO-8859-1 Zeichensatz (233) zuzuweisen, benutzt
|
||
man folgenden Ausdruck:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
233 "
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
'{e}"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wieder müssen den Zeichen
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
"
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ein Backslash vorangestellt werden.
|
||
Beachten Sie, dass es durchaus möglich ist, dass dasselbe Zeichen (sinnvoll)
|
||
zwei verschiedene Strings repräsentieren kann.
|
||
Zum Beispiel in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
i
|
||
\shape up
|
||
so-8859-7.cdef
|
||
\family default
|
||
\shape default
|
||
gibt es die Zeilen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
192 "
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
'{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
"{i}}"
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
192 "
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
"{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
'{i}}"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wenn \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
kein passendes Zeichen für einen String finden kann, der durch eine
|
||
Tastensequenz erzeugt wurde, wird es versuchen, falls der String wie ein
|
||
akzentuierter Buchstabe aussieht, auf dem Bildschirm den Buchstaben mit
|
||
Akzent selbst zu zeichnen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Tote Tasten definieren
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Anmerkung des Übersetzers: An dieser Stelle weiche ich krass vom Original
|
||
ab.
|
||
Der englische Text ist hier viel zu weitschweifig und ein bisschen konfus.
|
||
-LA
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Es gibt noch eine zweite Möglichkeit, internationale Buchstaben mit Hilfe
|
||
von
|
||
\emph on
|
||
toten
|
||
\emph default
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Tasten (dead keys)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
zu erzeugen – nämlich direkt in der
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.bind
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Datei.
|
||
Dazu ein einfaches Beispiel:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen eine Zirkumflex-Taste.
|
||
Diese können Sie definieren, indem Sie in der
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyxrc-D
|
||
\family default
|
||
atei folgende Zeile einfügen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bind "asciicircum" "accent-circumflex"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dabei ist
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
asciicircum
|
||
\family default
|
||
die Bezeichnung, die das X11-System für die
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
^
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Taste verwendet.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Die Bezeichnungen anderer Symbole lassen sich ganz gut aus einer c-Include-Datei
|
||
namens
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
keysymdef.h
|
||
\family default
|
||
ablesen.
|
||
Meist findet man sie in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
/usr/X11/include/X11/
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
accent-circum\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
flex
|
||
\family default
|
||
ist ein \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Befehl, der den Zirkumflex-Akzent erzeugt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Leider unterscheidet sich die Wirkungsweise der toten Tasten, die in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.lyxrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
definiert wurden, merklich von der, die in
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand vref
|
||
reference "subsec:Die-.kmap-Datei"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beschrieben wurde.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Ihre Sprachkonfiguration einstellen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Sie können Ihre
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyxrc-D
|
||
\family default
|
||
atei so verändern, dass Ihre gewünschte Sprachumgebung automatisch geladen
|
||
wird, wenn \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
gestartet wird.
|
||
Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt Befehle, die folgendes spezifizieren:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Standard-, erste und zweite Tastaturbelegung
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Zeichensatzkodierung
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In Ihrer
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lyxrc-D
|
||
\family default
|
||
atei finden Sie verschiedene Beispiele, wie man sie konfigurieren kann.
|
||
Zum Beispiel können Sie einen Eintrag für eine Tastaturbelegung folgendermaßen
|
||
vornehmen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bind "american" "keymap-primary"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
eine tote Taste
|
||
\emph on
|
||
(dead key)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
definieren:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bind "Alt+," "accent-cedilla"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
oder eine Zeichensatzkodierung festlegen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
# Die Norm für die Bildschirmzeichensätze
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
# Voreinstellung ist iso8859-1.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
font_norm iso8859-2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Installieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "cha:Installieren-neuer-Textklassen"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie beim Installieren neuer Layout-
|
||
und Vorlagedateien vorgehen müssen, außerdem auch eine kleine Auf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
|
||
frischung,
|
||
wie man neue Dokumentenklassen für \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
korrekt installiert.
|
||
Zunächst ein paar Definitionen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Eine
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Dokumentenklasse
|
||
\emph default
|
||
ist eine \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Datei (normalerweise mit der Endung
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
oder
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.sty
|
||
\family default
|
||
), die das Format einer speziellen Art von Dokument beschreibt, etwa Artikel,
|
||
Brief usw., und auch alle dazu notwendigen Befehle definiert.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Eine
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Layout-Datei
|
||
\emph default
|
||
ist eine \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Datei, die einer \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Dokumentenklasse ent\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
spricht und \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
mitteilt,
|
||
wie die diversen Formatelemente am Bildschirm dar\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
ge\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
stellt werden sollen,
|
||
damit der Eindruck möglichst gut dem späteren Druckbild entspricht.
|
||
Genauer gesagt beschreibt eine Layoutdatei eine
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Textklasse
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, das interne Konstrukt, welches \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
verwendet, um den Text am Bildschirm darzustel
|
||
len.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Layout
|
||
\emph default
|
||
und
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Textklasse
|
||
\emph default
|
||
sind somit in gewisser Weise äquivalent, aber es ist besser, die Datei
|
||
als Layout zu bezeichnen und die interne Realisation im Speicher von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
als
|
||
Textklasse.
|
||
Eine Vorlage ist einfach ein \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Dokument, welches bereits einige vordefinierte
|
||
Einträge für eine bestimmte Textklasse enthält.
|
||
Derartige Vorlagen sind beispielsweise für Briefe oder Artikel für Zeitschrifte
|
||
n sehr hilfreich.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Installation eines neuen \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Paketes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Bei manchen \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Installationen fehlt möglicherweise das eine oder andere Paket,
|
||
das Sie gerne mit \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
verwenden würden.
|
||
Zum Beispiel wollen Sie Foil\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
verwenden, ein Paket zur Erstellung von Dias
|
||
und Folien für Overheadprojektoren.
|
||
Moderne \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Distributionen wie \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
Live (2008 oder neuer) oder MiK\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
besitzen ein
|
||
grafisches Programm um solche Pakete zu installieren.
|
||
Z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
bei MiK\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
starten Sie das Programm
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Package
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Manager
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
um eine Liste mit den verfügbaren Paketen zu bekommen.
|
||
Um eines davon zu installieren, rechts-klicken Sie oder benutzen den entspreche
|
||
nden Werkzeugleistenknopf.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Falls Ihre \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Distribution keinen Paketmanager besitzt, oder falls das Paket
|
||
nicht direkt über Ihre Distribution verfügbar ist, folgen Sie diesen Schritten
|
||
um es manuell zu installieren:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Besorgen Sie sich das Paket von
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "CTAN"
|
||
target "http://www.ctan.org/"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder einer anderen Quelle.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Falls das Paket eine Datei mit der Endung
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.ins
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
enthält (was bei Foil\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
der Fall ist), dann öffnen sie eine Kommandozeile
|
||
wechseln in das Verzeichnis der Datei und führen den Befehl
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
latex foiltex.ins
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
aus.
|
||
Sie haben damit dass Paket entpackt und haben alle Dateien um es zu installiere
|
||
n.
|
||
Die meisten \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Pakete sind nicht gepackt und man kann direkt mit der Installation
|
||
beginnen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Nun müssen Sie entscheiden, ob das Paket für alle Nutzer oder nur für Sie
|
||
verfügbar sein soll.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Bei *nix Systemen (Linux, OSX, etc.), wenn Sie das Paket für alle Nutzer
|
||
installieren möchten, installieren Sie es in den lokalen \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
Ordner; anderenfalls
|
||
installieren Sie es in den eigenen
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Benutzer
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Ordner.
|
||
Wo man diese Ordner anlegt, sofern sie nicht schon existieren, hängt von
|
||
Ihrem System ab.
|
||
Dazu schauen Sie in die Datei
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
texmf.cnf
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Diese befindet sich normalerweise im Ordner
|
||
\family sans
|
||
$TEXMF/web2c
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Falls nicht, führen Sie den Befehl
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
kpsewhich texmf.cnf
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
aus, um sie zu lokalisieren.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Der Ort des lokalen \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Ordners ist in der Variable
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TEXMFLOCAL
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
definiert; es ist üblicherweise der Pfad
|
||
\family sans
|
||
/usr/local/share/texmf/
|
||
\family default
|
||
oder /usr/local/texlive/XXXX, wobei XXXX das Jahr der installierten \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
Live-Distri
|
||
bution ist.
|
||
Der Ort des Benutzer-\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Ordners ist in der Variable
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TEXMFHOME
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
definiert und ist üblicherweise der Pfad
|
||
\family sans
|
||
$HOME/texmf/
|
||
\family default
|
||
oder
|
||
\family sans
|
||
$HOME/.texliveXXXX
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
(Wenn diese Variablen nicht vordefiniert sind, müssen Sie diese selbst
|
||
definieren.) Sie brauchen wahrscheinlich Root-Rechte um in den lokalen \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Ordner
|
||
zu schreiben, beim Benutzer-\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Ordner ist die nicht nötig.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Allgemein empfiehlt es sich, Pakete in den Benutzer-\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Ordner zu installieren,
|
||
da dieser nicht verändert oder gar überschrieben wird, wenn Sie ihr System
|
||
aktualisieren.
|
||
Des Weiteren wird er zusammen mit Ihren Nutzerdaten gesichert, wenn Sie
|
||
ein Backup machen (was Sie natürlich regelmäßig tun).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Bei Windows, wenn Sie das Paket für alle Nutzer installieren möchten, gehen
|
||
Sie in den Ordner, in dem \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
installiert ist und wechseln dort in das Verzeichnis
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
~tex
|
||
\backslash
|
||
latex
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
(Verwendet man MiK\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
, wäre es standardmäßig der Ordner
|
||
\family sans
|
||
~:
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Programme
|
||
\backslash
|
||
MiKTeX
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tex
|
||
\backslash
|
||
latex
|
||
\family default
|
||
.) Legen Sie dort einen neuen Ordner mit dem Namen
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
foiltex
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
an und kopieren Sie alle Dateien das Pakets hinein.
|
||
Wenn das Paket nur für den aktuellen Benutzer verfügbar sein soll bzw.
|
||
Sie keine Administrator-Rechte haben, tun Sie dasselbe, aber im lokalen
|
||
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Ordner.
|
||
Z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
bei MiK\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
2.9 wäre das unter WinXP der Ordner
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
~:
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Dokumente und Einstellungen
|
||
\backslash
|
||
<Benutzername>
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Anwendungsdaten
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
~:
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
MiKTeX
|
||
\backslash
|
||
2.9
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tex
|
||
\backslash
|
||
latex
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, unter WinVista wäre es der Ordner
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
~:
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Users
|
||
\backslash
|
||
<Benutzername>
|
||
\backslash
|
||
AppData
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Roaming
|
||
\backslash
|
||
2.9
|
||
\backslash
|
||
MiKTeX
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tex
|
||
\backslash
|
||
latex
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Jetzt muss man \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
nur noch mitteilen, dass es neue Dateien gibt.
|
||
Die ist je nach \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Distribution anders:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Bei \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
Live führen Sie von einer Kommandozeile den Befehl
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
texhash
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
aus.
|
||
Wenn Sie das Paket für alle Nutzer installiert haben, brauchen sie dazu
|
||
wahrscheinlich Root-Rechte.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Bei MiK\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
, wenn Sie das Paket für alle Nutzer installiert haben, starten Sie
|
||
das Programm
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Settings
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(Admin)
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und drücken dann auf den Kopf
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Refresh FNDB
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Anderenfalls starten Sie das Programm
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Settings
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und machen dasselbe.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Nun muss man \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
noch mitteilen, dass es neue Pakete gibt.
|
||
Verwenden Sie dazu in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
das Menü
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Neu
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
konfigurieren
|
||
\family default
|
||
und starten \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
danach neu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nun ist das Paket installiert.
|
||
In unserem Beispiel wird nun die Dokumentklasse
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Slides
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(FoilTeX)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
im Menü
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Dokumentklasse
|
||
\family default
|
||
verfügbar sein.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Möchten sie eine \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Dokumentklasse verwenden, die generell nicht im Menü
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Dokumentklasse
|
||
\family default
|
||
gelistet ist, müssen Sie dafür selbst ein
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Layout
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
erstellen.
|
||
Dies ist das Thema des nächsten Abschnitts.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Layout-Dateitypen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
This section describes the various sorts of \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
files that contain layout informati
|
||
on.
|
||
These files describe various paragraph and character styles, determining
|
||
how \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
should display them and how they should be translated into \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
, DocBook,
|
||
XHTML, or whatever output format is being used.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
We shall try to provide a thorough description of the process of writing
|
||
layout files here.
|
||
However, there are so many different types of documents supported even
|
||
by just \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
that we can't hope to cover every different possibility or problem
|
||
you might encounter.
|
||
The \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
users' list is frequented by people with lots of experience with layout
|
||
design who are willing to share what they've learned, so please feel free
|
||
to ask questions there.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
As you prepare to write a new layout, it is extremely helpful to look at
|
||
the layouts distributed with \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
.
|
||
If you write a \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
layout for a \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
document class that might also be used by
|
||
others, or write a module that might be useful to others, then you should
|
||
consider posting your layout to the
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "layout section on the LyX wiki"
|
||
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Layouts/Layouts"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or even to the \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
developers' list, so that it might be included in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
itself.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Note that \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
is licensed under the General Public License, so any material
|
||
that is contributed to \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
must be similarly licensed.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Layout Module
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:Layout-Module"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
We have spoken to this point about `layout files'.
|
||
But there are different sorts of files that contain layout information.
|
||
Layout files, strictly so called, have the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
.layout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
extension and provide \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
with information about document classes.
|
||
As of \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
1.6, however, layout information can also be contained in layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
modules
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, which have the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
.module
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
extension.
|
||
Modules are to \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
packages much as layouts are to \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
classes, and some modules—such
|
||
as the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
endnotes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
module—specifically provide support for one package.
|
||
In a sense, layout modules are similar to included
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
These can have any extension, but by convention have the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
extension.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
files—files like
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
stdsections.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
—in that modules are not specific to a given document class but may be used
|
||
with many different classes.
|
||
The difference is that using an included file with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
article.cls
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
requires editing that file.
|
||
Modules, by contrast, are selected in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
dialog.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Building modules is the easiest way to get started with layout editing,
|
||
since it can be as simple as adding a single new paragraph style or flex
|
||
inset.
|
||
But modules may, in principle, contain anything a layout file can contain.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
After creating a new module and copying it to the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
layouts/
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
folder, you will need to reconfigure and then restart \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
for the module to
|
||
appear in the menu.
|
||
However, changes you make to the module will be seen immediately, if you
|
||
open
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, highlight something, and then hit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
OK
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
It is strongly recommended that you save your work before doing this
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
In fact,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
it is strongly recommended that you not attempt to edit modules while simultaneo
|
||
usly working on actual documents
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Though of course the developers strive to keep \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
stable in such situations,
|
||
syntax errors and the like in your module file could cause strange behavior.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Lokales Format
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Modules are to \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
as packages are to \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
.
|
||
Sometimes, however, you find yourself wanting a specific inset or character
|
||
style just for one document and writing a module that will also be available
|
||
to other documents makes little sense.
|
||
What you need is \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
's
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Local Layout
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
You will find it under
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Local Layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
The large text box allows you to enter anything that you might enter in
|
||
a layout file or module.
|
||
You can think of a document's local layout, in fact, as a module that belongs
|
||
just to it.
|
||
So, in particular, you must enter a
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Format
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tag.
|
||
Any format is acceptable, but one would normally use the format current
|
||
at the time.
|
||
(In \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
2.2, the current layout format is 60.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
When you have entered something in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Local Layout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pane, \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
will enable the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Validate
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
button at the bottom.
|
||
Clicking this button will cause \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
to determine whether what you have entered
|
||
is valid layout information for the chosen format.
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
will report the result but, unfortunately, will not tell you what errors
|
||
there might have been.
|
||
These will be written to the terminal, however, if \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
is started from a terminal.
|
||
You will not be permitted to save your local layout until you have entered
|
||
something valid.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The warnings at the end of the previous section apply here, too.
|
||
Do not play with local layout while you are actually working, especially
|
||
if you have not saved your document.
|
||
That said, using local layout with a test document can be a very convenient
|
||
way to try out layout ideas, or even to start developing a module.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Layout für
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Dateien
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
There are two situations you are likely to encounter when wanting to support
|
||
a new \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
document class, involving style (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) files and \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
|
||
class (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
.cls
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) .
|
||
Supporting a style file is usually fairly easy.
|
||
Supporting a new class file is a bit harder.
|
||
We'll discuss the former in this section and the latter in the next.
|
||
Similar remarks apply, of course, if you want to support a new DocBook
|
||
DTD.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The easier case is the one in which your new document class is provided
|
||
as a style file that is to be used in conjunction with an already supported
|
||
document class.
|
||
For the sake of the example, we'll assume that the style file is called
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
myclass.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and that it is meant to be used with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
report.cls
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, which is a standard class.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Start by copying the existing class's layout file into your local directory:
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Of course, which directory is your local directory will vary by platform,
|
||
and \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
allows you to specify your local directory on startup, too, using
|
||
the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
-userdir
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
option.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
cp report.layout ~/.lyx/layouts/myclass.layout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Then edit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
myclass.layout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and change the line:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
DeclareLaTeXClass{report}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
to read
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
DeclareLaTeXClass[report, myclass.sty]{report (myclass)}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Then add:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Preamble
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{myclass}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
EndPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
near the top of the file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Start \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
and select
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Reconfigure
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Then restart \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
and try creating a new document.
|
||
You should see "
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
report (myclass)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
" as a document class option in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
dialog.
|
||
It is likely that some of the sectioning commands and such in your new
|
||
class will work differently from how they worked in the base class—
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
report
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in this example—so you can fiddle around with the settings for the different
|
||
sections if you wish.
|
||
The layout information for sections is contained in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
stdsections.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, but you do not need to copy and change this file.
|
||
Instead, you can simply add your changes to your layout file, after the
|
||
line
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Input stdclass.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, which itself includes
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
stdsections.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
For example, you might add these lines:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Style Chapter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Font
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Family Sans
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
EndFont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
to change the font for chapter headings to sans-serif.
|
||
This will override (or, in this case, add to) the existing declaration
|
||
for the Chapter style.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Your new package may also provide commands or environments not present in
|
||
the base class.
|
||
In this case, you will want to add these to the layout file.
|
||
See
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Das-Layout-Dateiformat"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for information on how to do so.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
If
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
myclass.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
can be used with several different document classes, and even if it cannot,
|
||
you might find it easiest just to write a module that you can load with
|
||
the base class.
|
||
The simplest possible such module would be:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#
|
||
\backslash
|
||
DeclareLyXModule{My Package}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#DescriptionBegin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#Support for mypkg.sty.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#DescriptionEnd
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Format 60
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Preamble
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{mypkg}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
EndPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
A more complex module might modify the behavior of some existing constructs
|
||
or define some new ones.
|
||
Again, see
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Das-Layout-Dateiformat"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for discussion.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Layout für
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.cls
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Dateien
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
There are two possibilities here.
|
||
One is that the class file is itself based upon an existing document class.
|
||
For example, many thesis classes are based upon
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
book.cls
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
To see whether yours is, look for a line like
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LoadClass{book}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
in the file.
|
||
If so, then you may proceed largely as in the previous section, though
|
||
the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Declare\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
Class
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
line will be different.
|
||
If your new class is
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
thesis
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and it is based upon
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
book
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, then the line should read:
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
And it will be easiest if you save the file to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
thesis.layout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
: \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
assumes that the document class has the same name as the layout file.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
DeclareLaTeXClass[thesis,book]{thesis}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
If, on the other hand, the new class is not based upon an existing class,
|
||
you will probably have to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
roll your own
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
layout.
|
||
We strongly suggest copying an existing layout file which uses a similar
|
||
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
class and then modifying it, if you can do so.
|
||
At least use an existing file as a starting point so you can find out what
|
||
items you need to worry about.
|
||
Again, the specifics are covered below.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Vorlagen erstellen
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:Vorlagen-erstellen"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Once you have written a layout file for a new document class, you might
|
||
want to consider writing a
|
||
\emph on
|
||
template
|
||
\emph default
|
||
for it, too.
|
||
A template acts as a kind of tutorial for your layout, showing how it might
|
||
be used, though containing dummy content.
|
||
You can of course look at the various templates included with \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
for ideas.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Templates are created just like usual documents: using \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
.
|
||
The only difference is that usual documents contain all possible settings,
|
||
including the font scheme and the paper size.
|
||
Usually a user doesn't want a template to overwrite his preferred settings
|
||
for such parameters.
|
||
For that reason, the designer of a template should remove the corresponding
|
||
commands like
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
font_roman
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
papersize
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
from the template \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
file.
|
||
This can be done with any simple text-editor, for example
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
vi
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
notepad
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Put the edited template files you create in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
UserDir/templates/
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, copy the ones you use from the global template directory in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
LyXDir/templates/
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to the same place, and redefine the template path in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Paths
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
dialog.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Note, by the way, that there is a template which has a particular meaning:
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
defaults.lyx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This template is loaded every time you create a new document with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
New
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in order to provide useful defaults.
|
||
To create this template from inside \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
, all you have to do is to open a document
|
||
with the correct settings, and use the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Save as Document Defaults
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
button.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Alte Layout-Dateien auf den neuesten Stand bringen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Das Format der Layout-Dateien ändert sich mit jeder \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Version.
|
||
Daher müssen die Layout-Dateien in das neue Format konvertiert werden.
|
||
Wenn \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
eine Layout-Datei eines älteren Formats liest, ruft es automatisch
|
||
das Skript
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
layout2layout.py
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf um es in eine temporäre Datei im aktuellen Format zu konvertieren.
|
||
Die Originaldatei wird nicht verändert.
|
||
Wenn Sie die Layout-Datei öfter verwenden, dann können Sie sie permanent
|
||
in das neue Format konvertieren, so dass \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
dies nicht jedes Mal tun muss.
|
||
Um das zu tun, machen sie Folgendes:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Benennen Sie
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MeineKlasse.layout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MeineKlasse.alt
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
um.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Rufen Sie den Befehl
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
python LyXDir/scripts/layout2layout.py myclass.old myclass.layout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf.
|
||
Wobei
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LyXDir
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
der Name Ihres \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Systemverzeichnisses ist.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Beachten Sie, das manuelle Konvertierungen keine eingefügten Dateien mit
|
||
konvertieren.
|
||
Diese müssen separat konvertiert werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Das Layout-Dateiformat
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:Das-Layout-Dateiformat"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die folgenden Abschnitte beschreiben wie Layout-Dateien aufgebaut sind und
|
||
erstellt werden.
|
||
Wir empfehlen bei der Erstellung von Layouts langsam zu beginnen und sich
|
||
Stück für Stück vorzuarbeiten.
|
||
Es ist nicht wirklich schwer, jedoch sind die möglichen Optionen manchmal
|
||
etwas erschlagend, besonders wenn man zu viele davon auf einmal ausprobiert.
|
||
Am einfachsten ist es, wenn man bestehende Layout-Dateien von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
als Beispiel
|
||
nimmt oder diese umgestaltet.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Beachten Sie dass alle Tags in Layout-Dateien nicht durch Groß- und Kleinschreib
|
||
ung zu unterscheiden sind.
|
||
Das bedeutet dass
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Style
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
style
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
StYlE
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
derselbe Tag sind.
|
||
Die möglichen Argumente für die Tags sind hinter ihnen in eckigen Klammern
|
||
angegeben.
|
||
Das voreingestellte Argument ist
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
hervorgehoben
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Wenn das Argument einen Datentyp hat wie
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
string
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
float
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, wird die Voreinstellung so angezeigt:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
float=
|
||
\emph on
|
||
default
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Deklaration einer neuen Textklasse und Klassifikation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zeilen, die mit einem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
#
|
||
\family default
|
||
beginnen, sind Kommentare.
|
||
Mit einer Ausnahme: alle Textklassen sollten mit Zeilen ähnlich wie den
|
||
folgenden beginnen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
zu Deutsch: Löschen Sie die folgenden Zeilen nicht, da die Konfiguration
|
||
davon abhängt
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
#
|
||
\backslash
|
||
DeclareLaTeXClass{Article (Standard Class)}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
#
|
||
\backslash
|
||
DeclareCategory{Articles}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die zweite und dritte Zeile wird benötigt, wenn Sie \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
konfigurieren.
|
||
Die Textklassen-Datei wird von dem \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Skript
|
||
\family sans
|
||
chkconfig.ltx
|
||
\family default
|
||
gelesen, und zwar in einem speziellen Modus, in dem
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
#
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Zeichen ignoriert werden.
|
||
Die erste Zeile ist einfach ein \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Kommentar, in der zweiten muss die Textklasse
|
||
deklariert werden und die dritte Zeile enthält die optionale Klassifikation
|
||
der Klasse.
|
||
Eine Datei namens
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
article.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
, die mit diesen beiden Zeilen beginnt, definiert eine Textklasse mit dem
|
||
Namen
|
||
\family sans
|
||
article
|
||
\family default
|
||
(der Name der Layout-Datei) und benutzt die \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Dokumentenklasse
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
article.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
(Standard ist denselben Namen wie das Layout zu verwenden).
|
||
Die Zeichenkette
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Article (Standard Class)
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, die oben erscheint, ist auch die Beschreibung, die später im Popup-Menü
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen
|
||
\family default
|
||
auftaucht.
|
||
Die Kategorie (
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Articles
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
im Beispiel) wird auch im Dialog
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen
|
||
\family default
|
||
verwendet: Die Textklassen weden nach diesen Kategorien gruppiert (was
|
||
üblicherweise Genres sind, typische Kategorien sind also
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Artikel
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Bücher
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Berichte
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Briefe
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Präsentationen
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Lebensläufe
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
usw.).
|
||
Wenn keine Kategorie deklariert wurde, wird die Klasse in die Gruppe
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Nicht
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
kategorisiert
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
getan.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Angenommen, Sie möchten Ihre eigene Textklasse schreiben, welche die \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Doku\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
men\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
ten
|
||
klasse
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
article
|
||
\family default
|
||
benutzt, in der Sie aber das Aussehen der Kopfzeile verändert haben.
|
||
Wenn Sie dann Ihre Textklasse in eine Datei namens
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
myarticle.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
schreiben, sollten die ersten beiden Zeilen der Datei etwa so aussehen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
#
|
||
\backslash
|
||
DeclareLaTeXClass[article]{Article (with My Own Head
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
"-
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ings)}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
#
|
||
\backslash
|
||
DeclareCategory{Articles}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Auf diese Weise deklarieren Sie eine Textklasse
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
myarticle
|
||
\family default
|
||
, die die \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
"=
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Dokumentklasse
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
article.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
verwendet und (im Popup-Menü) beschrieben wird mit:
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Article (with My Own Headings)
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Falls Ihre Textklasse auch noch von weiteren Paketen abhängt, können Sie
|
||
das so angeben:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
#
|
||
\backslash
|
||
DeclareLaTeXClass[article,foo.sty]{Article (with My Own Head
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
"-
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ings)}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
#
|
||
\backslash
|
||
DeclareCategory{Articles}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dadurch wird angezeigt, dass Ihre Klasse auch das Paket
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
foo.sty
|
||
\family default
|
||
verwendet.
|
||
Schließlich können Sie auch Klassen für DocBook festlegen.
|
||
Eine typische Deklaration sieht so aus:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
#
|
||
\backslash
|
||
DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook Article)}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Diesen Deklarationen kann außerdem ein optionaler Parameter zugefügt werden,
|
||
der den Namen der Dokumentenklasse festlegt (hier ist aber keine Liste
|
||
erlaubt).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Eine Layout-Deklaration hat demnach die Form
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
#
|
||
\backslash
|
||
DeclareLaTeXClass[class,package.sty]{Layout-Beschreibung}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
#
|
||
\backslash
|
||
DeclareCategory{Kategorie}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wenn Sie eine Textklasse nach Ihrem Geschmack erstellt haben, müssen Sie
|
||
die Datei nur noch in das Verzeichnis
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Dir/layouts/
|
||
\family default
|
||
oder nach
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
UserDir/layouts
|
||
\family default
|
||
kopieren und unter \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
den Menüpunkt
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Werkzeuge\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Neu
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
konfigurieren
|
||
\family default
|
||
auswählen.
|
||
Nach dem Neustart von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
sollte Ihre Textklasse im Popup-Menü
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen
|
||
\family default
|
||
auswählbar sein.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Die Modul-Deklaration
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ein Modul muss mit einer Zeile wie die folgende beginnen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Declare
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
Module[endnotes.sty]{Endnotes}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Das benötigte Argument in geschweiften Klammern ist der Name des Moduls,
|
||
wie es in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Module
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
erscheinen soll.
|
||
Das Argument in eckigen Klammern ist optional: Es deklariert alle \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Pakete,
|
||
die das Modul benötigt.
|
||
Es ist außerdem möglich die Form
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
von->zu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
als optionales Argument zu verwenden, das angibt, dass das Modul nur verwendet
|
||
werden kann, wenn es eine Konvertierungsmöglichkeit zwischen den Formaten
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
von
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
zu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gibt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die Modul-Deklaration sollte gefolgt werden von Zeilen zur Beschreibung
|
||
wie den folgenden:
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Vorzugsweise in Englisch wenn das Modul als Teil von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
veröffentlicht werden
|
||
soll.
|
||
Diese Beschreibung wird dann in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
s Liste der zu übersetzenden Zeichenketten
|
||
erscheinen und übersetzt werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#DescriptionBegin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#Adds an endnote command, in addition to footnotes.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#You will need to add
|
||
\backslash
|
||
theendnotes in \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
code where you
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#want the endnotes to appear.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#DescriptionEnd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#Requires: somemodule | othermodule
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#Excludes: badmodule
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die Beschreibung wird in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Module
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
verwendet um dem Nutzer zu beschreiben was das Modul macht.
|
||
Die Zeile mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Requires
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
wird verwendet, um andere Module anzugeben, die dieses Modul verwenden
|
||
muss; die Zeile mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Excludes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
wird verwendet, um Module anzugeben, die mit diesem Modul nicht verwendet
|
||
werden dürfen.
|
||
Beide Zeilen sind optional und, wie gezeigt, müssen mehrere Module mit
|
||
einem
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
getrennt werden.
|
||
Beachten Sie dass die benötigten Module disjunktiv behandelt werden:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
mindestens eins
|
||
\emph default
|
||
der benötigten Module muss verwendet werden.
|
||
Dementsprechend darf
|
||
\emph on
|
||
keines
|
||
\emph default
|
||
der ausgeschlossenen Modul verwendet werden.
|
||
Beachten Sie auch, dass Module durch ihren Dateinamen ohne die Dateiendung
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.module
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
angegeben werden.
|
||
Daher ist
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EinModul
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist in Wirklichkeit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EinModul.module
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Dateiformat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die erste Zeile, die kein Kommentar ist, muss die Dateiformatnummer enthalten:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Format
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
int
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Die Nummer des Formats der Layout-Datei.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dieser Tag wurde mit \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
1.4.0 eingeführt.
|
||
Layout-Dateien älteren \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Versionen haben kein explizites Format und werden
|
||
als
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Format
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
behandelt.
|
||
Das Format dieser \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Version ist 60.
|
||
Aber jede \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Version kann ältere Versionen von Layout-Dateien lesen, so wie
|
||
es ältere \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Dateien lesen kann.
|
||
Es gibt jedoch keine Unterstützung in ältere Formate zu konvertieren.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Allgemeine Parameter für Textklassen
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:Allgemeine-Parameter-für"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Nachfolgend allgemeine Parameter, die die Form der gesamten Dokumentklasse
|
||
beschrei\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
ben.
|
||
(Dies bedeutet
|
||
\emph on
|
||
nicht
|
||
\emph default
|
||
dass sie nur in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.layout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Dateien und nicht in Modulen erscheinen müssen.
|
||
Ein Modul kann jeden Layout-Tag enthalten.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
AddToHTMLPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
fügt Informationen hinzu, die im
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<head>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Block ausgegeben werden, wenn das Dokument als XHTML ausgegeben wird.
|
||
Typischerweise wird dies verwendet werden, um CSS-Stilinformationen auszugeben,
|
||
aber es kann auch für alles Andere verwendet werden, dass in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<head>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
zulässig ist.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EndPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
AddToPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
fügt Informationen zum \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Vorspann hinzu.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EndPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
CiteFormat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Definiert Formate die in der Anzeige von Bibliographie-Informationen verwendet
|
||
werden.
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Citation-format-description"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für Details.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ClassOptions
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt verschiedene globale Optionen, die von der
|
||
Dokumentenklasse unterstützt werden.
|
||
Eine detaillierte Beschreibung finden Sie in
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Der-Abschnitt-ClassOptions"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Columns
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Gibt an, ob die Textklasse standardmäßig ein- oder zweispaltig gesetzt
|
||
wird.
|
||
Kann im Menü
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
geändert werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Counter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] definiert die Eigenschaften für einen Zähler.
|
||
Wenn der Zähler noch nicht existiert, wird er erstellt; wenn er bereits
|
||
existiert, wird er modifiziert.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Zähler"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für Details zu Zählern.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
DefaultFont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Definiert den Standardzeichensatz für die Anzeige des Dokuments.
|
||
Eine genauere Beschreibung finden Sie in
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EndFont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
DefaultModule
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Modul>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] spezifiziert ein Modul, das standardmäßig zu dieser Dokumentklasse hinzugefügt
|
||
wird.
|
||
<Modul> ist der Dateiname ohne die Dateiendung
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.module
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Der Nutzer kann das Modul zwar immer noch entfernen, aber es bleibt von
|
||
Beginn an aktiv.
|
||
(Dies gilt nur für neue Dateien oder wenn diese Klasse für ein existierendes
|
||
Dokument gewählt wird.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
DefaultStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Stil>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Dies ist das Layout bzw.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
der Stil, der für neu angelegte Absätze verwendet wird.
|
||
Normalerweise ist das
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Fehlt dieser Eintrag, wird das erste definierte Layout verwendet; dennoch
|
||
ist es ratsam
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
DefaultStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
anzugeben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ExcludesModule
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Modul>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] zeigt an, dass das genannte Modul (das durch den Dateinamen ohne die Endung
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.module
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
angegeben wird) in dieser Dokumentklasse nicht benutzt werden kann.
|
||
Dies könnte in einem Journal-spezifischen Layout benutzt werden, um zum
|
||
Beispiel die Verwendung des Moduls
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
theorems-sec
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
zu verhindern, das Theoreme abschnittsweise nummeriert.
|
||
Diese Marke darf
|
||
\emph on
|
||
nicht
|
||
\emph default
|
||
in einem Modul benutzt werden.
|
||
Module haben ihre eigene Methode andere Module auszuschließen (siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Layout-Module"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Float
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
definiert ein neues Gleitobjekt.
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Gleitobjekte"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für Details.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
HTMLPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Informationen, die im
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<head>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Block ausgegeben werden, wenn das Dokument als XHTML ausgegeben wird.
|
||
Beachten Sie, dass dies jede vorhergehende
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
HTMLPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
AddToHTMLPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Deklaration überschreibt.
|
||
(Verwenden Sie
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
AddToHTMLPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
wenn Sie Material zum Vorspann hinzufügen wollen.) Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EndPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
HTMLTOCSection
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Stil>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Das Layout bzw.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
der Stil, der für das Inhaltsverzeichnis, das Literaturverzeichnis etc.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
verwendet werden soll, wenn das Dokument als HTML exportiert wird.
|
||
Für Artikel sollte dies normalerweise
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Section
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
sein und für Bücher
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Chapter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Wenn es nicht angegeben wird, wird \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
versuchen herauszufinden, welches Layout
|
||
zu benutzen ist.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
IfCounter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Zähler>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Ändert die Eigenschaften des angegebenen Zählers.
|
||
Wenn dieser nicht existiert, wird die Anweisung ignoriert.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Zähler"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für Details zu Zählern.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Input
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Dateiname>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Hiermit können Sie andere Dateien einbinden, die Definitionen für Textklassen
|
||
enthalten.
|
||
Damit können Sie unnötige Mehrfachdefinitionen vermeiden.
|
||
Beispiele sind die Standard-Layout-Dateien, z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
stdclass.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, die ein Großteil der Standardlayouts enthalten.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InsetLayout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Typ>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Dieser Abschnitt definiert das Layout einer Einfügung (neu).
|
||
Es kann auf eine vorhandene Einfügung angewendet werden oder eine neue,
|
||
benutzerdefinierte, zum Beispiel einen neuen Zeichenstil.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Flexible-Einfügungen-und"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
enthält weitere Einzelheiten.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LeftMargin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] ist ein String dessen Länge die Breite des linken Randes festlegt, zum
|
||
Beispiel
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MMMMM
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ModifyStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Stil>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Ändert die Eigenschaften des angegebenen Paragraphstils.
|
||
Wenn dieser nicht existiert, wird die Anweisung ignoriert.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
NoCounter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Zähler>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Löscht einen existierenden Zähler; üblicherweise einen, der in einer eingefügt
|
||
en Datei definiert wurde.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
NoFloat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Gleitobjekt>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Löscht ein vorhandenes Gleitobjekt.
|
||
Dies ist dann nützlich, wenn Sie ein Gleitobjekt, das in einer eingefügten
|
||
Datei definiert wurde, nicht verwenden wollen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
NoStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Stil>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Löscht ein existierendes Layout bzw.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Stil.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
OutputFormat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Format>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Das Dateiformat (wie es in den \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Voreinstellungen definiert ist) das von
|
||
dieser Dokumentklasse erzeugt wird.
|
||
Es ist hauptsächlich nützlich wenn
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
OutputType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
literate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt ist und man einen neuen Typ eines
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
literate
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Dokuments definieren will.
|
||
Das Format wird auf
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
docbook
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
latex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
zurückgesetzt wenn der entsprechende
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
OutputType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Parameter gefunden wird.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
OutputType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
lat
|
||
\emph default
|
||
ex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
docbook
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
literate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Gibt an welche Dokumentart diese Klasse erzeugt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PackageOptions
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der zweite String gibt Optionen für das Paket im ersten String an.
|
||
Zum Beispiel lädt
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PackageOptions natbib square
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
natbib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
mit der Option
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
square
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
(Für \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
perten: Dies bewirkt, dass \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
PassOptionsToPackage{natbib}{square}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
vor dem Laden von
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
natbib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ausgibt.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PageStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
plain
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
empty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
headings
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der Standard-Seitenstil.
|
||
Kann im Menü
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
geändert werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Preamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Definiert den Vorspann für das \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Dokument.
|
||
Beachten Sie, dass dies jede vorhergehende
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Preamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
AddToPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Deklaration überschreibt.
|
||
(Verwenden Sie
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
AddToPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
wenn Sie Material zum Vorspann hinzufügen wollen.) Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EndPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Provides
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] [
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] zeigt an, ob die Klasse bereits die Funktion
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
liefert.
|
||
Eine Funktion ist im Allgemeinen der Name eines Paketes (z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
amsmath
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
makeidx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) oder ein Makro (z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
url
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
boldsymbol
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "chap:Liste-von-Funktionen"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für eine Liste der Funktionen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ProvidesModule
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] zeigt an, dass dieses Layout die Funktionalität des Moduls
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
anbietet, das als Dateiname ohne die Erweiterung
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.module
|
||
\family default
|
||
angegeben wird.
|
||
Dies wird typischerweise benutzt, wenn das Layout das Modul direkt benutzt
|
||
statt den Tag
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
DefaultModule
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
zu benutzen.
|
||
Es könnte auch in einem Modul benutzt werden, das eine andere Implementation
|
||
derselben Funktion liefert.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ProvideStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Stil>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Erstellt einen neuen Paragraphstil, falls er noch nicht existiert.
|
||
Existiert er bereits, wird
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ProvideStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ignoriert.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Requires
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
zeigt an, ob die Klasse die Funktion
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
benötigt.
|
||
Mehrfache Funktionen müssen durch Komma getrennt werden Beachten Sie, dass
|
||
Sie nur unterstützte Funktionen anfordern können.
|
||
(Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "chap:Liste-von-Funktionen"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für eine Liste der Funktionen.) Wenn Sie ein Paket mit bestimmten Optionen
|
||
anfordern müssen, können Sie zusätzlich
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PackageOptions
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
verwenden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
RightMargin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] ist ein String dessen Länge die Breite des rechten Randes festlegt, zum
|
||
Beispiel
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MMMMM
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
SecNumDepth
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
int=3
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] legt die Nummerierungstiefe fest; korrespondiert mit dem \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Zähler
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
secnumdepth
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Sides
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Gibt an, ob der Text standardmäßig für ein- oder für zweiseitigen Druck
|
||
gesetzt wird.
|
||
Kann im Dialog
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Einstellungen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
geändert werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Style
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] definiert einen neuen Absatzstil.
|
||
Wenn er bereits existiert, werden stattdessen einige seiner Parameter neu
|
||
definiert.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für mehr über Absatzstile.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TitleLatexName
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string="maketitle"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] ist der Name des Befehls oder der Umgebung, der für
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TitleLatexType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
benutzt werden soll.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TitleLatexType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
CommandAfter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] gibt an, wie der Dokumenttitel aussehen soll.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
CommandAfter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bedeutet, dass das Makro namens
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TitleLatexName
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
nach dem letzten Layout mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InTitle
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt werden soll.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist für den Fall, dass alle Layouts mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InTitle
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in die
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TitleLatexName
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Umgebung gesetzt werden sollen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TocDepth
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
int=3
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] legt fest, bis zu welcher Tiefe das Inhaltsverzeichnis gehen soll; korrespondi
|
||
ert mit dem \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Zähler
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tocdepth
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Der Abschnitt
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ClassOptions
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:Der-Abschnitt-ClassOptions"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Der Abschnitt
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ClassOptions
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
kann folgende Einträge enthalten:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
FontSize
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string="10|11|12"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Eine Liste verfügbarer Größen für den Hauptzeichensatz; die Einträge werden
|
||
mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
getrennt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Header
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
wird benutzt, um die DTD-Zeile mit XML-basierten Klassen zu setzen.
|
||
Zum Beispiel PUBLIC
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.2//EN
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Other
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string=""
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Sonstige Optionen für die Dokumentenklasse, die durch Komma getrennt werden.
|
||
Sie werden in dem
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-
|
||
\family default
|
||
Befehl als optionales Argument übergeben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PageStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string="empty|plain|headings|fancy"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Eine Liste verfügbarer Seitenstile; die Einträge werden mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
getrennt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Der Abschnitt
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ClassOptions
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Einzelne Absatz-Layouts
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Eine Layoutbeschreibung für einen Absatz sieht wie folgt aus
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Sie können mit diesem Ausdruck entweder ein neues Layout definieren oder
|
||
aber ein bereits definiertes umdefinieren.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Style
|
||
\family roman
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Name
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
...
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Innerhalb des Blocks sind folgende Befehle erlaubt:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Align
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
block
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, left, right, center
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Gibt an, ob der Text im Blocksatz linksbündig, rechtsbündig oder zentriert
|
||
gesetzt wird.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
AlignPossible
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
block
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, left, right, center
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Eine Liste von möglichen Textausrichtungen, die durch Kommata voneinander
|
||
getrennt werden.
|
||
(Einige \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Stile verbieten bestimmte Ausrichtungen, weil sie keinen Sinn
|
||
machen.
|
||
Beispielsweise sollte in einer nummerierten Aufzählung der Text nicht rechtsbün
|
||
dig oder zentriert gesetzt werden.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Argument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
int
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Definiert Argument Nummer <int> eines Befehls\SpecialChar breakableslash
|
||
einer Umgebung, der/die im
|
||
aktuellen Stil definiert ist.
|
||
Dies ist nützlich für Dinge wie Abschnittsüberschriften.
|
||
Jedes Argument (optional oder erforderlich) eines Befehls oder einer Umgebung
|
||
hat eine eigene Definition (ausgenommen das erforderliche Haupt-Argument
|
||
des Absatzes).
|
||
Die Nummer gibt die Reihenfolge des Arguments an.
|
||
Die Definition muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EndArgument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
enden.
|
||
Ein Befehl mit 2
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
optionalen Argumenten hat somit diese Struktur:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Argument 1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
...
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
EndArgument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Argument 2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
...
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
EndArgument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Innerhalb einer
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Argument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Definition sind die folgenden Spezifikationen möglich:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[string]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The string that will appear both in the menu (to insert this argument) and
|
||
on the argument inset button (unless you also specify a separate
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
MenuString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
For the menu, you can define an accelerator by appending the respective
|
||
character to the string, divided by
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Short Title|S
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MenuString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[string]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
A separate string for the menu.
|
||
You can define an accelerator by appending the respective character to
|
||
the string, divided by
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Short Title|S
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
This specification is optional.
|
||
If it is not given the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
LabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
will be used instead for the menu.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Tooltip
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[string]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
A longer explanatory text that appears in the tooltip when hovering over
|
||
the argument inset.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Mandatory
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Declare if this is a mandatory (1) or an optional (0) argument.
|
||
Mandatory arguments will be output empty if not given, while optional arguments
|
||
will not be output at all.
|
||
By default, mandatory arguments are delimited by
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
{...}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, while optional arguments are delimited by
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[...]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Requires
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[int=0]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Defines another argument (by its number) which this argument requires to
|
||
be output if it is itself output.
|
||
E.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g., in \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
commands, optional arguments often require previous optional arguments
|
||
to be output (at least empty), as in
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
command[][Argument]{Text}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
This can be achieved by the statement
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Requires 1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
innerhalb von
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Argument 2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LeftDelim
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[string]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Definiert ein eigenes linkes Begrenzungszeichen (satt
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
{
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
Ein Zeilenumbruch in der Ausgabe wird mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<br/>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
angegeben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
RightDelim
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[string]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Definiert ein eigenes rechtes Begrenzungszeichen (statt
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
Ein Zeilenumbruch in der Ausgabe wird mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<br/>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
angegeben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
DefaultArg
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[string]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Definiert ein Argument, das nur eingefügt wird, wenn der Nutzer kein Argument
|
||
eingefügt hat.
|
||
Das heißt, wenn keine Argument-Einfügung eingefügt wurde oder sie eingefügt
|
||
wurde aber leer ist.
|
||
Mehrere Argumente werden durch Kommas getrennt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PresetArg
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[string]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Definiert ein Argument, das in jedem Fall eingefügt wird (allein oder zusätzlic
|
||
h zu benutzerdefinierten Argumenten).
|
||
Mehrere Argumente werden durch Kommas getrennt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Font
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Die Schrift, die für den Argumentinhalt verwendet wird; siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelFont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Die Schrift, die für die Marke verwendet wird; siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Decoration
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Classic
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, Minimalistic, Conglomerate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] legt den Anzeigestil für den Rahmen und Knopf der Einfügung fest.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
AutoInsert
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[int=0]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
If this is set to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, this argument is automatically inserted when the respective style is selected.
|
||
Currently, only one argument per style\SpecialChar breakableslash
|
||
layout can be automatically inserted.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InsertCotext
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[int=0]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
If this is set to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, this argument will be inserted with a copy of the co-text (either selected
|
||
text or the whole paragraph) as content.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PassThruChars
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string of characters
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Defines individual characters that should be output in raw form, meaning
|
||
without special translations that \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
would require.
|
||
Note that, contrary to PassThru, this needs to be explicitly defined for
|
||
arguments.
|
||
That is, arguments do not inherit PassThruChars from their parent inset
|
||
or layout.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
By default, the text entered in the \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
workarea in the respective layout is
|
||
the last (mandatory) argument of a command if the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
LatexType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
However, arguments with the prefix
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
post:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
are output after this workarea argument.
|
||
Note that post-argument numbering restarts at 1, so the first argument
|
||
following the workarea argument is
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
post:1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Post-Argumente werden in allen anderen
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
außer
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ignoriert.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Argumente für Listen-
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
item
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
s (wie in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
item[foo]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) haben den Präfix
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
item:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gefolgt von der Nummer (z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Argument item:1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
BabelPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Beachten Sie, dass dies alle vorhergehenden
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
BabelPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Dekla\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
ration für diesen Stil überschreibt.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EndBabelPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:I18n"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für Details zur Verwendung.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
BottomSep
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
float=0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
float
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist eine Gleitkommazahl, wie
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
1,5
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Der vertikale Abstand, der die letzte Serie von Absätzen vom folgenden
|
||
Text trennt.
|
||
Wenn der nächste Paragraph einen anderen Stil hat, werden die Abstände
|
||
nicht einfach addiert, sondern das Maximum wird verwendet.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Category
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] ist die Kategorie für diesen Stil.
|
||
Sie wird benutzt, um zugehörige Stile in der Layout-Kombobox der Werkzeugleiste
|
||
zu gruppieren.
|
||
Jeder beliebige String kann benutzt werden, aber es ist sinnvoll vorhandene
|
||
Ka\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
te\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
gorien zusammen mit Ihren eigenen Stilen zu benutzen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
CommandDepth
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist die Tiefe des XML-Befehls und wird nur für XML-Formate benutzt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
CopyStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Kopiert alle Eigenschaften eines bereits definierten Layouts in das aktuelle.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
DependsOn
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] ist der Name eines Stils, dessen Vorspann
|
||
\emph on
|
||
vor
|
||
\emph default
|
||
diesem ausgegeben werden soll.
|
||
Dadurch wird eine Reihenfolge von Vorspannteilen bewirkt, wenn Makro-Definition
|
||
en voneinander abhängen.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Beachten Sie, dass es außer dieser Funktionalität keine andere Möglichkeit
|
||
gibt, Vorspanne zu ordnen.
|
||
Die Reihenfolge, die Sie in einer \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Version sehen, kann sich in späteren
|
||
Versionen ohne Warnung ändern.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EndLabeltype
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
No_Label
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, Box, Filled_Box, Static
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
ist der Markentyp, der am Ende eines Absatzes steht (oder mehrerer Absätze,
|
||
wenn
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Item_Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
List_Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt ist).
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
No_Label
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bedeutet
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
nichts
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Box
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Filled_Box
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist ein weißes oder schwarzes Quadrat, das für das Markieren eines Beweisendes
|
||
geeignet ist.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Static
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist eine explizite Zeichenkette.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EndLabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string=""
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] ist eine Zeichenkette, die für einen
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Static
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EndLabelType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
benutzt wird.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Font
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Der Zeichensatz, der für den Textkörper
|
||
\emph on
|
||
und
|
||
\emph default
|
||
die Marke verwendet wird, siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Wird
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Font
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt, dann erhält
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelFont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
automatisch denselben Wert.
|
||
Daher sollte
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Font
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
zuerst definiert werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ForceLocal
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
int=0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Wird benutzt um neue Stile für stabile \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Versionen zu konvertieren.
|
||
Die erste stabile Version, die das unterstützt ist \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
2.1.0.
|
||
Das Argument ist eine Nummer, die entweder 0, -1 oder irgend eine Zahl
|
||
größer Null sein kann.
|
||
Wenn
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ForceLocal
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
eines Stils größer als Null ist, wird er immer in den Dokumentkopf geschrieben.
|
||
Wenn eine .lyx-Datei gelesen wird, werden die Stil-Definitionen aus dem
|
||
Dokumentkopf zur Dokumentklasse hinzugefügt.
|
||
Dadurch können sogar ältere \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Versionen den Stil handhaben.
|
||
Das Argument von
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ForceLocal
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist eine Versionsnummer: Wenn der Stil gelesen wird, und die Versionsnummer
|
||
ist kleiner als die Versionsnummer des bereits existierenden Stils der
|
||
Dokumentklasse, wird der neue Stil ignoriert.
|
||
Wenn die Versionsnummer größer ist, ersetzt der neue Stil den bestehenden.
|
||
Der Wert -1 steht für eine unendliche Versionsnummer, das heißt der Stil
|
||
wird immer benutzt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
FreeSpacing
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Normalerweise erlaubt es \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
nicht, mehr als ein Leerzeichen zwischen Wörtern
|
||
einzufügen.
|
||
Diese Eigenschaft kann in bestimmten Fällen umständ\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
lich sein, zum Beispiel,
|
||
wenn ein Programmcode eingegeben werden soll.
|
||
In solchen Fällen kann
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
FreeSpacing
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt werden.
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
erzeugt in diesem Falls sich \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
nicht im \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Modus befindet, erzeugt es für
|
||
jedes zusätzliche Leerzeichen ein geschütztes Leerzeichen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
HTML*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Diese Tags kontrollieren die XHTML-Ausgabe.
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InnerTag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[FIXME] (Wird nur für XML-Formate benutzt.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]Wenn auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt, wird der Stil in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Vorspann gesetzt und nicht in den eigentlichen
|
||
Dokumenttext.
|
||
Dies ist nützlich für Dokumentklassen, die Informationen wie den Titel
|
||
und Autor im Vorspann erwarten.
|
||
Beachten Sie, dass dies nur für Stile funktioniert, deren
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Paragraph
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InTitle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Wenn auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt, wird der Stil als Teil des Titel-Abschnitts behandelt (siehe auch
|
||
die allgemeinen Textklassen-Parameter
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TitleLatexType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TitleLatexName
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ItemCommand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string="item"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Befehl, der ein Item in einer Liste definiert.
|
||
Dieser Befehl muss ohne den Backslash am Anfang angegeben werden (die Voreinste
|
||
llung ist ''item'', was in der \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Ausgabe
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
item
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
zur Folge hat).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ItemSep
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
float=0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Ein zusätzlicher Abstand zwischen Absätzen desselben Layouts.
|
||
Wenn in einer Umgebung andere Layouts integriert werden, so werden diese
|
||
mit dem
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ParSep
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
der Umgebung getrennt.
|
||
Die kompletten Unterpunkte der Umgebung werden jedoch
|
||
\emph on
|
||
zusätzlich
|
||
\emph default
|
||
mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ItemSep
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
getrennt.
|
||
Man beachte, dass
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ItemSep
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ein
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Multiplikator
|
||
\emph default
|
||
ist
|
||
\emph on
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ItemTag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[FIXME] (Wird nur für XML-Formate benutzt.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
KeepEmpty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Normalerweise ist es in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
nicht möglich, einen Absatz leer zu lassen, da
|
||
das zu einer leeren \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Ausgabe führen würde.
|
||
In manchen Fällen ist das aber durchaus gewünscht: So können beispielsweise
|
||
in einer Briefvorlage die benötigten Felder leer voreingestellt werden,
|
||
damit keiner vergisst, sie anzugeben; in speziellen Klassen wird ein Absatz
|
||
als Unterbrechung verwendet, der keinen Text enthält.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelBottomsep
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
float=0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der vertikale Abstand zwischen der Marke und dem folgenden Text.
|
||
Wird nur für Marken benutzt, die über dem folgenden Text stehen (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Top_Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Centered_Top_Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelCounter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string=""
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] ist der Name des Zählers zur automatischen Nummerierung.
|
||
Um den Zähler einer Marke zuzuordnen, muss er im
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
referenziert werden.
|
||
Dies funktioniert zumindest mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
en,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Static
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Above
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Centered
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Er
|
||
\emph on
|
||
kann
|
||
\emph default
|
||
angegeben werden, wenn
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Enumerate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist.
|
||
In diesem Fall ist es etwas kompliziert: Angenommen Sie haben
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelCounter MeinZaehler
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
angegeben, dann lauten die eigentlichen Zähler
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MeinZaehleri
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MeinZaehlerii
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MeinZaehleriii
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MeinZaehleriv
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
; so wie in \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
.
|
||
Diese Zähler müssen alle separat deklariert werden.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Zähler"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für Einzelheiten zu Zählern.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelFont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Der Zeichensatz, der für die Marke verwendet wird.
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelIndent
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string=""
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Text der angibt, wie weit die Marke eingerückt werden soll.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Labelsep
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string=""
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Text der den horizontalen Abstand zwischen der Marke und dem folgenden
|
||
Text angibt.
|
||
Wird nur für Marken benutzt, die nicht über dem folgenden Text stehen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string=""
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der String, der für den
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Static
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
verwendet wird.
|
||
Wenn
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelCounter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt wurde, kann der String spezielle Formatierungsbefehle enthalten,
|
||
wie sie in
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Zähler"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
be\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
schrieben sind.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelStringAppendix
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string=""
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] wird im Anhang anstatt
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
benutzt.
|
||
Beachten Sie, dass jede Definition von
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auch
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelStringAppendix
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
zurücksetzt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelTag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[FIXME] (Wird nur für XML-Formate benutzt.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
No_Label
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, Manual, Static, Above,
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Centered, Sensitive, Enumerate,
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Itemize, Bibliography
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Manual
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bedeutet: die Marke ist das erste Wort (bis zum ersten echten Leerzeichen).
|
||
Verwenden Sie geschützte Leerzeichen wenn Sie mehr als ein Wort als Marke
|
||
haben wollen.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Static
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bedeutet: die Marke ist was als
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
definiert wurde.
|
||
Die Marke wird
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
inline
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
zu Beginn des Absatzes angezeigt.
|
||
Wenn der
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist, wird sie nur im ersten Absatz von aufeinanderfolgenden Absätzen mit
|
||
demselben
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Style
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
angezeigt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Above
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Centered
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
sind Spezialfälle von
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Static
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Die Marke erscheint über dem Absatz, entweder am Anfang der Zeile oder
|
||
zentriert.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Sensitive
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist ein Spezialfall für Beschriftungsmarken für Abbildungen und Tabellen-Gleito
|
||
bjekte.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Sensitive
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bedeutet, dass der gedruckte Text von der Art des Gleitobjekts abhängt:
|
||
Er ist fest einprogrammiert als 'GleitobjektTyp N', wobei N der Wert des
|
||
Zählers des Gleitobjekttyps ist.
|
||
Für den Fall, dass die Beschriftungsmarke außerhalb eines Gleitobjekts
|
||
eingefügt wird, erscheint der
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
als
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Sinnlos!
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Enumerate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
erzeugt die üblichen Marken für Nummerierungen.
|
||
Momentan sind diese fest auf arabische Zahlen, Kleinbuchstaben, kleine
|
||
römische Zahlen und Großbuchstaben (für die 4
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
möglichen Schachtelungstiefen) programmiert.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Itemize
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
erzeugt je nach Schachtelungstiefe verschiedene Auflistungszeichen, Diese
|
||
sind ebenfalls fest programmiert.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Bibliography
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
sollte nur zusammen mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexType BibEnvironment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
verwendet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LangPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Beachten Sie, dass dies alle vorhergehenden
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LangPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Deklaration für diesen Stil überschreibt.
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EndLangPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:I18n"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für Details zur Verwendung.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexName
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Name für dieses Layout.
|
||
Das bedeutet entweder der Name eines \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Befehls oder der einer \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Umgebung.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexParam
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Parameter>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Ein optionaler Parameter für den entsprechenden
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexName
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Dieser Parameter kann innerhalb von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
nicht mehr geändert werden (man verwendet
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Argument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für anpassbare Parameters).
|
||
Dieser wird nach allen anderen \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Argument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
en ausgegeben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Paragraph
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, Command, Environment, Item_Environment,
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
List_Environment, Bib_Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Legt fest, wie das Layout in \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
übersetzt wird.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
mag irreführend sein, denn dessen Regeln gelten auch für DocBook-Klassen.
|
||
Siehe die DocBook Klassendateien (Dateinames
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
db_*.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) für spezielle Beispiele.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Paragraph
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bewirkt nichts besonderes – der Text wird als
|
||
\emph on
|
||
normaler
|
||
\emph default
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Absatz
|
||
\emph default
|
||
übernommen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
behandelt den Text als Argument eines \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Befehls
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LatexName
|
||
\emph default
|
||
{\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
behandelt den Text als Kern einer \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Umgebung
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LatexName
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LatexName
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Item_Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bewirkt dasselbe wie
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, nur dass vor jedem Absatz ein
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
item
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
eingefügt wird.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
List_Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
funktioniert wie
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Item_Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, nur dass
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelWidthString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
als Argument an die Umgebung übergeben wird.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelWidthString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
kann im Menü
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Bearbeiten
|
||
\family default
|
||
\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Absatz-Einstellungen
|
||
\family default
|
||
definiert werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Bib_Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist wie
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
aber fügt zusätzlich das notwendige Argument (die längste Marke) zum Begin-Befe
|
||
hl der Bibliografie-Umgebung ein:
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{thebibliography}{99}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Es ist daher nur für die Bibliografie-Umgebung nützlich.
|
||
Die voreingestellte längste Marke
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
99
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
kann vom Nutzer in den Absatzeinstellungen eines Bibliografie-Eintrags
|
||
geändert werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Fasst man die letzten Sachen zusammen, wird die \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Ausgabe entweder so:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LatexName[LatexParam]{\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
oder so:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{LatexName}[LatexParam] \SpecialChar ldots
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{LatexName}.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
aussehen, abhängig vom \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Typ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LeftDelim
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Eine Zeichenkette, die zu Beginn des Inhalts des Stils ausgegeben wird.
|
||
Ein Zeilenumbruch in der Ausgabe wird mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<br/>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
angegeben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LeftMargin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string=""
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Wenn ein Layout in ein anderes Layout für Umgebungen eingefügt wird, werden
|
||
die Breiten der verschiedenen
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LeftMargin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
nicht einfach addiert, sondern vorher in Abhängigkeit zur Schachtelungstiefe
|
||
mit dem Faktor
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{\mathrm{Tiefe}+4}$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
multipliziert.
|
||
Dieser Parameter wird auch dann benutzt, wenn
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Margin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
als
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Manual
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Dynamic
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
definiert wurde.
|
||
In diesem Fall wird der Wert zu den gegebenen manuellen oder dynamischen
|
||
Rändern hinzugefügt.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Zum Beispiel bedeutet
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MM
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, dass der Absatz mit der Breite eingerückt wird, die die Buchstaben
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MM
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in der normalen Schriftart haben.
|
||
man kann negative Breite erzeugen, indem man den String mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
-
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beginnt.
|
||
Diese Art der Angabe wurde gewählt, damit der Text unabhängig von der verwendet
|
||
en Bildschirmschriftart wie vorgesehen aussieht.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Margin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Static
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
legt fest, wie der linke Rand des Textes bestimmt wird.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Static
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
wählt feste Randbreiten.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Manual
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bedeutet, dass der Rand von der Einstellung der
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Ausrichtung
|
||
\family default
|
||
im Menü
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Bearbeiten
|
||
\family default
|
||
\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Absatz-Einstellungen
|
||
\family default
|
||
abhängt.
|
||
Dies wird für hübsche Listen ohne Tabulatoren benutzt.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Dynamic
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bedeutet, der linke Rand hängt von der Größe der verwendeten Markierung
|
||
ab.
|
||
Dies wird zum Beispiel bei automatisch nummerierten Überschriften verwendet.
|
||
Es leuchtet ein, dass die Überschrift
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
5.4.3.2.1 Sehr lange \SpecialChar ldots
|
||
Überschrift
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
einen größeren linken Rand benötigt, als
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
3.2 Sehr lange \SpecialChar ldots
|
||
Überschrift
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
First_Dynamic
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
arbeitet ähnlich wie
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Dynamic
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, aber nur die erste Zeile wird dynamisch gesetzt, die anderen statisch.
|
||
Dies wird für die \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Umgebung
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
description
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
benutzt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Right_Address_Box
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bedeutet, dass der Rand so gewählt wird, dass die längste Zeile des Absatzes
|
||
gerade den rechten Rand berührt.
|
||
Dies wird zum Setzen einer Adresse am rechten Rand der Seite eingesetzt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
NeedProtect
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Gibt an, ob
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
zerbrechliche
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Befehle innerhalb dieses Layouts durch
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
protect
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
geschützt werden müssen.
|
||
(Achtung: Diese Einstellung sagt nichts darüber aus, ob der Befehl an sich
|
||
geschützt werden soll.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Newline
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Gibt an, ob Zeilenumbrüche in \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
als
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
dargestellt werden, oder nicht.
|
||
Man kann dies ausschalten (Wert:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
), um \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Code in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
komfortabler editieren zu können.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
NextNoIndent
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Gibt an, ob der nachfolgende Absatz einen linken Einzug haben darf oder
|
||
nicht.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
heißt, der Absatz erhält auf keinen Fall einen Einzug (z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
nach einer Überschrift), wenn
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
DefaultStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
- (normalerweise
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-) Paragraphen einen Einzug haben.
|
||
(Daher beeinflusst die Einstellung nur
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Paragraphen.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ObsoletedBy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der Name eines Layouts, das durch dieses ersetzt wurde.
|
||
So können Sie ein Layout umbenennen und die Rückwärtskompatibilität erhalten.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ParagraphGroup
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Legt fest ob aufeinanderfolgende Absätze desselben Typs als zusammengehörend
|
||
behandelt werden.
|
||
Das hat den Effekt, dass
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
GuiLabel
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
nur einmalig vor einer solchen Gruppe ausgegeben wird.
|
||
Dies ist standardmäßig der Fall für
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaTeXType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Bib_Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und nicht der Fall für alle anderen Typen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ParbreakIsNewline
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Gibt an, dass ein Paragraph nicht durch eine leere Zeile in der \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Ausgabe
|
||
abgesetzt wird, sondern nur durch einen Zeilenumbruch.
|
||
Zusammen mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PassThru 1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
erlaubt dies die Emulation eines reinen Texteditors (so wie die \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Code Einfügung
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ParIndent
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string=""
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der Einzug der ersten Zeile eines Absatzes.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Parindent
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bleibt für ein bestimmtes Layout fest.
|
||
Eine Ausnahme ist das Standard-Layout, denn dort kann der Einzug vom vorherigen
|
||
Layout mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
NextNoIndent
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
verboten werden.
|
||
Außerdem benutzt das
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Layout innerhalb von Umgebungen den
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Parindent
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
der Umgebung und nicht den eigenen.
|
||
Zum Beispiel haben
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Absätze innerhalb einer Aufzählung keinen Einzug.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ParSep
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
float=0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der vertikale Anstand zwischen den Absätzen dieses Layouts.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Parskip
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
float=0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der Benutzer kann in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
wählen ob Absätze durch
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Einrückung
|
||
\family default
|
||
oder
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Vertikaler
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Abstand
|
||
\family default
|
||
getrennt werden.
|
||
Wenn
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Einrückung
|
||
\family default
|
||
gewählt ist, wird
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Parskip
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ignoriert.
|
||
Ist
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Vertikaler
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Abstand
|
||
\family default
|
||
gewählt wird
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ParIndent
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ignoriert und alle Absätze durch den vertikalen Abstand von
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Parskip
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
getrennt.
|
||
Die Länge dieses Abstands berechnet sich mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Parskip
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
* DefaultHeight
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
wobei
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
DefaultHeight
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
die Höhe einer Zeile in der normalen Schrift ist.
|
||
Dadurch bleibt das Aussehen mit verschiedenen Schriften gleich.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PassThru
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Legt fest, ob der Absatzinhalt unverändert ausgegeben werden soll, also
|
||
ohne diverse von \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
benötigte Ersetzungen durchzuführen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PassThruChars
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Definiert Zeichen, die unverändert ausgegeben werden sollen.
|
||
Das bedeutet, dass sie nicht in einen \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Befehl übersetzt werden, falls das
|
||
normalerweise der Fall wäre.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Preamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Befehle und Definitionen, die in die Präambel (vor
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{docu\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
ment}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) eingefügt werden, wenn dieses Layout benutzt wird.
|
||
Kann verwendet werden um Pakete zu laden, Makros zu definieren usw..
|
||
Muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EndPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
RefPrefix
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der Präfix, der verwendet werden soll, wenn auf Marken dieses Absatzes
|
||
verwiesen wird.
|
||
Dies erlaubt die Verwendung von Formatierten Querverweisen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Requires
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] legt fest, dass das Layout die Funktion
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
benötigt (siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "chap:Liste-von-Funktionen"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für eine List der Funktionen).
|
||
Wenn Sie ein Paket mit bestimmten Optionen anfordern müssen, können Sie
|
||
zusätzlich
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PackageOptions
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
als allgemeiner Textklassen-Parameter verwenden (siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Allgemeine-Parameter-für"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ResetArgs
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Setzt die \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Argumente dieses Stils zurück (der via
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Argument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
definiert wurde).
|
||
Dies ist nützlich, wenn man einen Stil mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
CopyStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
kopiert hat, aber nicht dessen (benötigten und optionalen) Argumente übernehmen
|
||
will.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
RightDelim
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Eine Zeichenkette, die am Ende des Inhalts des Stils ausgegeben wird.
|
||
Ein Zeilenumbruch in der Ausgabe wird mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<br/>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
angegeben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
RightMargin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string=""
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Ähnlich wie
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LeftMargin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Spacing
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
single
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
onehalf
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
double
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
other
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<Wert>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Dies definiert die Voreinstellung für den Zeilenabstand des Layouts.
|
||
Die Argumente
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
single
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
onehalf
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
double
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
entsprechen den Multiplikatoren 1, 1.25 und 1.667.
|
||
Wenn Sie als Argument
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
other
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
angeben, müssen Sie als
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Wert
|
||
\emph default
|
||
einen konkreten Multiplikator angeben.
|
||
Im Gegensatz zu anderen Parametern erzeugt \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
, wenn
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Spacing
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt wird, spezifischen \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Code, der das \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Paket
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
setspace
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
verwendet.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Spellcheck
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Erlaubt es, den Inhalt des Absatzes auf Rechtschreibung zu überprüfen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TextFont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Der Zeichensatz, der für den Textkörper verwendet wird.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TocLevel
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
int=3
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
ist die Stufe des Stils im Inhaltsverzeichnis und wird zur automatischen
|
||
Nummerierung von Abschnittsüberschriften benutzt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ToggleIndent
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\emph on
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
default
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
always
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
never
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Dieser Befehl legt fest, ob die Einrückung der ersten Absatzzeile über
|
||
den Absatz-Dialog ein/ausgeschaltet werden kann.
|
||
Wenn
|
||
\emph on
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph off
|
||
default
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
gesetzt ist, kann umgeschaltet werden, wenn in den Dokumenteinstellungen
|
||
für die Absatztrennung
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Einrückung
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gewählt ist, Mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
always
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
kann immer umgeschaltet werden, unabhängig von den Dokumenteinstellungen.
|
||
Mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
never
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
kann nie umgeschaltet werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TopSep
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\series medium
|
||
|
||
\series default
|
||
[
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
float=0
|
||
\family default
|
||
] Der vertikale Abstand, der die erste Serie von Absätzen vom vorangehenden
|
||
Text trennt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:I18n"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Internationalisierung von Absatz-Stilen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
If a
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Style
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
defines text that is to appear in the typeset document, it may use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
LangPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
BabelPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to support non-English and even multi-language documents correctly.
|
||
The following excerpt (from the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
theorems-ams.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file) shows how this works:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Preamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
theoremstyle{remark}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
newtheorem{claim}[thm]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
protect
|
||
\backslash
|
||
claimname}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
EndPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
LangPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
providecommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
claimname}{_(Claim)}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
EndLangPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
BabelPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
addto
|
||
\backslash
|
||
captions$$lang{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
claimname}{_(Claim)}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
EndBabelPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
In principle, any legal \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
may appear in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
LangPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
BabelPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tags, but in practice they will typically look as they do here.
|
||
The key to correct translation of the typeset text is the definition of
|
||
the \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
command
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
claimname
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and its use in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
newtheorem
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
LangPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tag provides for internationalization based upon the overall language of
|
||
the document.
|
||
The contents of the tag will be included in the preamble, just as with
|
||
the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Preamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tag.
|
||
What makes it special is the use of the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
function
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
_()
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, which will be replaced, when \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
produces \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
output, with the translation of
|
||
its argument into the document language.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
BabelPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tag is more complex, since it is meant to provide support for multi-language
|
||
documents and so offers an interface to the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
babel
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
package.
|
||
Its contents will be added to the preamble once for each language that
|
||
appears in the document.
|
||
In this case, the argument to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
_()
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
will be replaced with its translation into the language in question; the
|
||
expression
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$lang
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is replaced by the language name (as used by the babel package).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
A German document that also included a French section would thus have the
|
||
following in the preamble:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
addto
|
||
\backslash
|
||
captionsfrench{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
claimname}{Affirmation}}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
addto
|
||
\backslash
|
||
captionsngerman{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
claimname}{Behauptung}}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
providecommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
claimname}{Behauptung}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
babel
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
will then conspire to produce the correct text in the output.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
One important point to note here is that the translations are provided by
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
itself, through the file
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
layouttranslations
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This means, in effect, that
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
LangPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
BabelPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
are really only of use in layout files that are provided with \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
, since text
|
||
entered in user-created layout files will not be seen by \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
's internationalizatio
|
||
n routines unless the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
layouttranslations
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file is modified accordingly.
|
||
That said, however, any layout created with the intention that it will
|
||
be included with \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
should use these tags where appropriate.
|
||
Please note that the paragraph style translations provided by \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
will never
|
||
change with a minor update (e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
from version 2.1.x to 2.1.y).
|
||
It is however quite likely that a major update (e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
from 2.0.x to 2.1.y) will introduce new translations or corrections.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Gleitobjekte
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:Gleitobjekte"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Es ist nötig Gleitobjekte (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Abbildung
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Tabelle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
) in der Textklasse selber zu definieren.
|
||
Standardgleitobjekte sind in der Datei
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
stdfloats.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
enthalten, so dass Sie sie nur noch
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Input stdfloats.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
zu Ihrer Layoutdatei hinzufügen müssen.
|
||
Wenn Sie eine Textklasse implementieren wollen, die andere Gleitobjekttypen
|
||
enthält (wie zum Beispiel die AGU-Klasse), werden Ihnen die folgenden Informati
|
||
onen helfen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
AllowedPlacement
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=!htbpH] Erlaubte Platzierungsoptionen für den Gleitobjekttyp.
|
||
Der Wert ist eine Zeichenkette aus Platzierungszeichen.
|
||
Mögliche Zeichen sind:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
h
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
hier wenn möglich
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
),
|
||
\emph on
|
||
t
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oben auf Seite
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
),
|
||
\emph on
|
||
b
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
unten auf Seite
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
),
|
||
\emph on
|
||
p
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf Seite nur mit Gleitobjekten
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
),
|
||
\emph on
|
||
H
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
hier, unbedingt
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) und
|
||
\emph on
|
||
!
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ignoriere LaTeX-Regeln
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
Die Reihenfolge der Zeichen in der Zeichenkette ist egal.
|
||
Wenn keine Platzierungsoptionen erlaubt sind, verwendet man stattdessen
|
||
die Zeichenkette
|
||
\emph on
|
||
none
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
AllowsSideways
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
] Definiert ob das Gleitobjekt mit Hilfe des \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Pakets
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
rotfloat
|
||
\family default
|
||
(sidewaysfloat) rotiert werden kann.
|
||
Falls das nicht der Fall ist, setzt man es auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
AllowsWide
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
] Definiert ob das Gleitobjekt eine
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesternte
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Version hat, die in einem zweispaltigen Dokument die komplette Seitenbreite
|
||
einnimmt.
|
||
Falls das nicht der Fall ist, setzt man es auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Extension
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Die Dateinamenserweiterung einer zusätzlichen Datei für das Abbildungsver\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
zeich
|
||
nis (oder andere).
|
||
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
schreibt die Beschriftungen in diese Datei.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
GuiName
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Die Zeichenkette, die in den Menüs und für die Beschriftung benutzt wird.
|
||
Dies wird in die aktuelle Sprache übersetzt, wenn babel verwendet wird.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
HTML*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Diese Tags kontrollieren die XHTML-Ausgabe.
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
IsPredefined
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\emph on
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Gibt an, ob das Gleitobjekt bereits in der Dokumentklasse definiert ist
|
||
oder ob das \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Paket
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
float
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
geladen werden muss, um es zu definieren.
|
||
Die Voreinstellung ist
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, was bedeutet, dass
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
float
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
verwendet wird.
|
||
Es sollte auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt werden, wenn das Gleitobjekt bereits in der Dokumentklasse definiert
|
||
ist.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ListCommand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der Befehl der verwendet wird, um eine Liste der Gleitobjekte dieses Typs
|
||
zu generieren; das `
|
||
\backslash
|
||
' muss weggelassen werden.
|
||
Der Befehl
|
||
\emph on
|
||
muss
|
||
\emph default
|
||
angegeben werden, wenn
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
UsesFloatPkg
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt ist, da es sonst keine Möglichkeit gibt, diesen Befehl zu erstellen.
|
||
Er wird ignoriert, falls
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
UsesFloatPkg
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt ist, da es dann eine Möglichkeit gibt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ListName
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Die Überschrift für das Gleitobjekt-Verzeichnis (z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Abbildungsverzeichnis
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
Sie wird für die Bildschirmmarke in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
verwendet, von \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
für den Titel verwendet
|
||
und als Titel in der XHTML-Ausgabe.
|
||
Sie wird in die Dokumentsprache übersetzt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
NumberWithin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Dieses optionale Argument bestimmt, ob Gleitobjekte dieser Klasse mit
|
||
der Abschnittsnummer dieses Dokuments nummeriert werden.
|
||
Wenn zum Beispiel
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
NumberWithin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
chapter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt ist, werden die Gleitobjekte mit den Kapitelnummern nummeriert.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Placement
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Die Standardplatzierung für die Gleitobjektklasse.
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
sollte die Standard-\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Werte
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
t
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
b
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
p
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
h
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für oben, unten, Seite und hier enthalten.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Wie in \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
ist die Reihenfolge der Buchstaben unerheblich.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Zusätzlich gibt es den neuen Typ
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
H
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, der nicht wirklich für ein Gleitobjekt steht, denn er bedeutet: drucke
|
||
es
|
||
\emph on
|
||
hier
|
||
\emph default
|
||
und nirgendwo sonst.
|
||
Beachten Sie, dass
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
H
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
besonders ist und wegen der Implementierungsdetails nicht bei nicht-eingebauten
|
||
Gleitobjekttypen benutzt werden kann.
|
||
Wenn Sie die Platzierung nicht verstehen, benutzen Sie einfach
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tbp
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
RefPrefix
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der Präfix, der verwendet werden soll, wenn auf Marken dieser Gleitobjekte
|
||
verwiesen wird.
|
||
Dies erlaubt die Verwendung von Formatierten Querverweisen.
|
||
Man kann den
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
RefPrefix
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
eines kopierten Stils entfernen, indem
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
OFF
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt wird.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Style
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] ist der Gleitobjektstil, wenn er mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
newfloat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
definiert wird.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Type
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] ist der
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Typ
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
der neuen Gleitobjektklasse, wie z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
Programm oder Algorithmus.
|
||
Nach dem entsprechenden
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
newfloat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
stehen Befehle wie
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{program}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{algorithm*}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
zur Verfügung.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
UsesFloatPkg
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Gibt an, ob dieses Gleitobjekt mit Hilfe des \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Pakets
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
float
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
definiert wurde, entweder durch die Dokumentklassen, ein anderes Paket
|
||
oder durch \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Anmerkung: Wenn ein Gleitobjekt vom Typ
|
||
\emph on
|
||
type
|
||
\emph default
|
||
definiert wurde, gibt es automatisch einen dazugehörigen Zähler namens
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
type
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Flexible Einfügungen und InsetLayout
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:Flexible-Einfügungen-und"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Es gibt drei Arten von flexiblen Einfügungen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Zeichenstil (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
CharStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
): diese definieren semantische Textauszeichnungen, die mit \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Befehlen wie
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
noun
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
korrespondieren.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
benutzerdefiniert (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Custom
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
): diese können benutzt werden, um benutzer\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
de\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
fi\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
nier\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
te einklappbare Einfügungen
|
||
zu definieren, ähnlich wie \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Code, Fuß\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
no\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
te usw.
|
||
Ein naheliegendes Beispiel ist die Endnotiz, die im
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
endnote
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Modul definiert ist.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
XML-Element (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Element
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
): diese werden mit DocBook-Klassen benutzt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Flexible Einfügungen werden mit der
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InsetLayout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Marke definiert, die weiter unten erklärt wird.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InsetLayout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Marke besitzt noch eine andere Funktion: sie kann benutzt werden, um das
|
||
allgemeine Aussehen vieler verschiedener Einfügungstypen anzupassen.
|
||
Zurzeit kann
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InsetLayout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
benutzt werden, um die Layout-Parameter für Fußnoten, Randnoten, eingefügten
|
||
Noten, \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Code (ERT), Zweige, Stichwortverzeichnisse, Boxen, Tabellen, Algorithme
|
||
n, URLs und Legenden anzupassen, ebenso um flexible Einfügungen zu definieren.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InsetLayout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Definition muss mit folgender Zeile beginnen:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
InsetLayout <Typ>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Hier bezeichnet
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Typ>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
die Einfügung, deren Layout definiert wird.
|
||
Es gibt vier Möglichkeiten.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Das Layout für eine existierende Einfügung wird geändert.
|
||
In diesem Fall kann
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Typ>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
folgendes sein:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Algorithm
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Branch
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Box
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Box:shaded
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Caption:Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ERT
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Figure
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Foot
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Index
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Info
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Info:menu
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Info:shortcut
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Info:shortcuts
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Listings
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Marginal
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Note:Comment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Note:Note
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Note:Greyedout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Table
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
URL
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Das Layout für eine flexible Einfügung wird definiert.
|
||
In diesem Fall muss
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Typ>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in der Form
|
||
\lang english
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Flex:<Name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
sein, wobei
|
||
\lang english
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Name
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
ein beliebiger gültiger Bezeichner sein kann, der in keiner anderen existierend
|
||
en Einfügung benutzt wird.
|
||
Der Bezeichner darf Leerzeichen enthalten, dann muss aber der komplette
|
||
Typ in Anführungszeichen gesetzt werden.
|
||
Beachten Sie, dass die Definition einer flexiblen Einfügung
|
||
\emph on
|
||
auch
|
||
\emph default
|
||
einen
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LyXType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Eintrag enthalten muss, der festlegt welcher Einfügungstyp definiert wird.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The layout for user specific branch is being defined.
|
||
In this case,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<Typ>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
must be of the form
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Branch:<Name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\lang english
|
||
where
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
name
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
may be be any valid identifier of branch defined in user's document.
|
||
The identifier may include spaces, but in that case the whole thing must
|
||
be wrapped in quotes.
|
||
The main purpose of this feature is to allow \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
wrapping around specific
|
||
branches as user needs.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The layout of a user (or class) specific caption is being defined.
|
||
In this case,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<Typ>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
must be of the form
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Caption:<Name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\lang english
|
||
where
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
name
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
specifies the name of the caption as it appears in the menu.
|
||
Have a look at the standard caption (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Caption:Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
), the specific captions of the KOMA-Script classes (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Caption:Above
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Caption:Below
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) oder das Modul
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Multilingual
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Captions
|
||
\family default
|
||
(
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Caption:Bicaption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) for applications.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InsetLayout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Definition kann folgende Einträge enthalten:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Argument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
int
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Definiert die Argumentnummer eines Befehls/einer Umgebung, die im aktuellen
|
||
Layout definiert ist.
|
||
Die Definition muss mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
EndArgument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet werden.
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für Details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
BabelPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Präambel um Sprachbefehle zu modifizieren; siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:I18n"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
BgColor
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] ist die Hintergrundfarbe der Einfügung.
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "chap:Namen-von-Farben"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für eine Liste von verfügbaren Farbnamen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ContentAsLabel
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Ob der Inhalt der Einfügung als Marke verwendet werden soll, wenn die
|
||
Einfügung geschlossen ist.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
CopyStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Typ>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Beachten Sie, dass der komplette Typ angegeben werden muss, z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
CopyStyle Flex:<Name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
CustomPars
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] zeigt an, ob der Benutzer den Absatzeinstellungen-Dialog benutzen darf.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Decoration
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
kann
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Classic
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Minimalistic
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Conglomerate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
sein.
|
||
Es beschreibt den Rendering-Stil für den Einfügungsrahmen und die -knöpfe.
|
||
Fußnoten benutzen im allgemeinen
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Classic
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Code
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Minimalistic
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und Zeichenstile
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Conglomerate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Display
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Nur sinnvoll wenn der
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist.
|
||
Gibt an, ob die Umgebung in der Ausgabe abgesetzt erscheint oder in einer
|
||
Zeile mit dem umgebenden Text.
|
||
Wenn auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt, wird angenommen, dass die \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Umgebung Leerraum nach den
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LatexName
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LatexName
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Befehlen ignoriert (inklusive des Zeilenumbruchzeichens).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
beendet die
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InsetLayout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Definition.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Font
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
wird für den Text
|
||
\emph on
|
||
und
|
||
\emph default
|
||
die Marke benutzt (siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
Beachten Sie, dass die Definition dieses Fonts automatisch dem
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelFont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
denselben Wert zuweist, das heißt
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Font
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
muss zuerst definiert werden und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelFont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
danach, wenn sie unterschiedlich sein sollen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
FixedWidthPreambleEncoding
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Ob eine Zeichenkodierung mit
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
fester Breite
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für den übersetzten Inhalt von
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
BabelPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LangPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
erzwungen wird.
|
||
Dies wird für spezielle \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Pakete wie
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
listings
|
||
\family default
|
||
benötigt, die keine variable Zeichenkodierung wie
|
||
\family sans
|
||
utf8
|
||
\family default
|
||
erlauben.
|
||
Diese Einstellung wird ignoriert, wenn \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Varianten wie Xe\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
oder Lua\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
verwendet
|
||
werden, die Unicode voll unterstützen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ForceLocalFontSwitch
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Wenn babel verwendet wird; ob immer eine lokale Umschaltung der Sprache
|
||
erfolgen soll (mittels
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
foreignlanguage
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) und nie eine globale (mittels
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
selectlanguage
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ForceLTR
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
erzwingt die
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Sprache
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und führt zu einer links-nach-rechts-Ausgabe, zum Beispiel bei \SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Code oder
|
||
URL.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ForceLTR
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist eine Behelfslösung.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ForceOwnlines
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] erzwingt einen Zeilenumbruch in der \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Ausgabe vor und nach der Einfügung.
|
||
Dies stellt sicher, dass die Einfügung in eigenen Zeilen ausgegeben wird,
|
||
um die Ausgabe später besser anderweitig einfacher verändern zu können.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ForcePlain
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] zeigt an, ob stattdessen
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PlainLayout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
benutzt werden soll oder ob der Benutzer den Absatzstil der Einfügung ändern
|
||
darf.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
FreeSpacing
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
HTML*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Diese Tags kontrollieren die XHTML-Ausgabe.
|
||
Siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InToc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Ob der Inhalt der Einfügung für die Zeichenketten des 'Gliederungs'-Fensters
|
||
verwendet werden soll.
|
||
Zum Beispiel will man nicht, dass der Inhalt einer Fußzeile im Namen des
|
||
Abschnitts im Inhaltsverzeichnis des Gliederungs-Fensters erscheint.
|
||
Aber man will normalerweise, dass der Inhalt von Zeichenstilen erscheint.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
KeepEmpty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\emph on
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelFont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist die für die Marke benutze Schrift (siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
Beachten Sie, dass diese Definition niemals vor
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Font
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
erscheinen darf, weil sie sonst unwirksam ist.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] wird auf dem Knopf und anderswo als Einfügungsmarke angezeigt.
|
||
Einige Einfügungstypen (\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
-Code und Zweig) ändern diese Marke im Vo\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
rü\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
ber\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
gehen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LangPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Sprachabhängige Präambel; siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:I18n"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexName
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] ist der Name der \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Umgebung oder des \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Befehls.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexParam
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Parameter>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] ist ein optionaler Parameter für den zugehörigen
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexName
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, einschließ\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
lich möglicher Klammerpaare wie
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Dieser Parameter kann in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
nicht geändert werden (man verwendet
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Argument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für anpassbare Parameters).
|
||
Dieser wird nach allen anderen \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Argument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
en ausgegeben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Command, Environment, None
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Wie der Stil in \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
übersetzt wird.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LatexType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ist vielleicht etwas missverständlich, da diese Regeln auch für SGML-Klassen
|
||
gelten.
|
||
Siehe die SGML-Klassendateienfür spezielle Beispiele.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
None
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bedeutet nichts Spezielles
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bedeutet
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LatexName
|
||
\emph default
|
||
{\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bedeutet
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LatexName
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LatexName
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Zusammenfassend bedeutet das, dass die \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Ausgabe entweder:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LatexName[LatexParam]{\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
oder:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{LatexName}[LatexParam] \SpecialChar ldots
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{LatexName}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
sein wird, je nach \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Typ.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LeftDelim
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Eine Zeichenkette, die zu Beginn des Inhalts des Stils ausgegeben wird.
|
||
Ein Zeilenumbruch in der Ausgabe wird mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<br/>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
angegeben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LyxType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
kann
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
charstyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
custom
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
element
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
end
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(zeigt das Ende einer Definition an) sein.
|
||
Dieser Eintrag wird für flexible Einfügungen benötigt und ist nur dort
|
||
sinnvoll.
|
||
Neben anderen Dingen legt er fest, in welchem Menü diese Einfügung erscheinen
|
||
wird.
|
||
Wird
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LyxType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
charstyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt, wird
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MultiPar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
automatisch auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ForcePlain
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
automatisch auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
gesetzt.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MultiPar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
kann auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
oder
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ForcePlain
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
charstyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Einfügungen gesetzt werden, indem es
|
||
\emph on
|
||
nach
|
||
\emph default
|
||
dem
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LyxType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
spezifiziert wird.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MultiPar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] zeigt an, ob in dieser Einfügung mehrfache Absätze erlaubt sind.
|
||
Dadurch wird
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
CustomPars
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf denselben Wert gesetzt und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ForcePlain
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf den anderen.
|
||
Diese können auf andere Werte gesetzt werden, wenn sie
|
||
\emph on
|
||
nach
|
||
\emph default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
MultiPar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
benutzt werden.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
NeedProtect
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] zeigt an, ob
|
||
\emph on
|
||
zerbrechliche
|
||
\emph default
|
||
Befehle in diesem Layout ge\SpecialChar softhyphen
|
||
schützt (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
protect
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) werden sollen.
|
||
Es zeigt
|
||
\emph on
|
||
nicht
|
||
\emph default
|
||
an, ob der Befehl selber geschützt werden soll.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
NoInsetLayout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Layout>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Löscht ein vorhandenes
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InsetLayout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ObsoletedBy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Layout>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Name eines
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InsetLayout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, das dieses
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InsetLayout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ersetzt.
|
||
Dies wird verwendet um ein
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InsetLayout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
umzubenennen und dabei die Rückwärtskompatibilität zu erhalten.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ParbreakIsNewline
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PassThru
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Preamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
RefPrefix
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Der Präfix, der verwendet werden soll, wenn auf Marken dieser Einfügung
|
||
verwiesen wird.
|
||
Dies erlaubt die Verwendung von Formatierten Querverweisen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Requires
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Wie bei Absatz-Layouts, siehe
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Einzelne-Absatz-Layouts"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ResetArgs
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Setzt die \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-Argumente dieses Stils zurück (der via
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Argument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
definiert wurde).
|
||
Dies ist nützlich, wenn man einen Stil mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
CopyStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
kopiert hat, aber nicht dessen (benötigten und optionalen) Argumente übernehmen
|
||
will.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ResetsFont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Ob die Einfügung die Schrift der übergeordneten Umgebung verwenden soll
|
||
oder ihre eigene.
|
||
Voreinstellung ist
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
: verwendet die Schrift der übergeordneten Umgebung.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
RightDelim
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Eine Zeichenkette, die am Ende des Inhalts des Stils ausgegeben wird.
|
||
Ein Zeilenumbruch in der Ausgabe wird mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<br/>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
angegeben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Spellcheck
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Erlaubt es, den Inhalt der Einfügung auf Rechtschreibung zu überprüfen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Zähler
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:Zähler"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Es ist notwendig Zähler (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
chapter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
figure
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
) in der Textklasse selber zu definieren.
|
||
Die Standardzähler sind in der Datei
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
stdcounters.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
definiert, so dass Sie nur die Zeile
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Input stdcounters.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
zu zu Ihrer Layout-Datei hinzufügen müssen, damit sie arbeiten.
|
||
Aber wenn Sie eigene Zähler definieren wollen, können Sie das tun.
|
||
Zähler-Deklarationen beginnen mit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Counter <Name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
wobei
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<Name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
der Name Ihres Zählers ist.
|
||
Die Deklaration endet mit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Folgende Parameter können auch benutzt werden:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
InitialValue
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
int=1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Setzt den Startwert für einen Zähler, auf den er zurückgesetzt wird.
|
||
Normalerweise will man die Voreinstellung
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
1
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
haben.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] definiert, wie der Zähler dargestellt wird.
|
||
Hierdurch wird
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelStringAppendix
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
auf denselben Wert gesetzt.
|
||
In der Zeichenkette können folgende Konstrukte benutzt werden:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thecounter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
wird durch die Erweiterung von
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(oder
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelStringAppendix
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) des Zählers
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
counter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ersetzt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Zählerwerte können durch \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
-ähnliche Makros wie
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
numbertype
|
||
\emph default
|
||
{
|
||
\emph on
|
||
counter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ausgedrückt werden, wobei
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
numbertype
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Folgendes sein kann:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
arabic
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
: 1, 2, 3,\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
;
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
alph
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für Kleinbuchstaben: a, b, c,\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
;
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Alph
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für Großbuchstaben: A, B, C,\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
;
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
roman
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für kleine römische Zahlen: i, ii, iii,\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
;
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Roman
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
für große römische Zahlen: I, II, III.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wenn
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
nicht definiert ist, wird ein Standardwert wie folgt benutzt: wenn der
|
||
Zähler einen Hauptzähler
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
master
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(über
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Within
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
definiert) hat, wird der String
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
themaster.
|
||
\backslash
|
||
arabic{counter}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
benutzt, ansonsten
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
arabic{counter}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelStringAppendix
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] ist dasselbe wie
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LabelString
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, aber für den Anhang.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
PrettyFormat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Ein Format, das für Formatierte Querverweise auf einen Zähler verwendet
|
||
wird.
|
||
Möchte man z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
Referenzen auf Abschnitte in der Form
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Abschnitt
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
2.4
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
haben, sollte der String
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
##
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
enthalten.
|
||
Diese Zeichen werden später durch die referenzierte Abschnittsnummer ersetzt.
|
||
Also für Abschnitte lautet der String dann
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes gld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Abschnitt ##
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes grd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Within
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Wenn dies auf den Namen eines anderen Zählers gesetzt wird, wird der gegenwärt
|
||
ige Zähler jedes mal zurückgesetzt, wenn der andere erhöht wird.
|
||
Zum Beispiel wird
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
subsection
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
innerhalb
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
section
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
nummeriert.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Beschreibung des Zeichensatzes
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Eine Zeichensatzbeschreibung sieht folgendermaßen aus:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Font
|
||
\family roman
|
||
\emph on
|
||
oder
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph default
|
||
LabelFont
|
||
\emph on
|
||
oder
|
||
\emph default
|
||
DefaultFont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
...
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
EndFont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
und es sind folgende Befehle vorhanden:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
none
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
black
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
white
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
red
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
green
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
blue
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
cyan
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
magenta
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
yellow
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
brown
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
darkgray
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
gray
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lightgray
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lime
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
orange
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
olive
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
pink
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
purple
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
teal
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
violet
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Family
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Roman
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Sans
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Typewriter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Misc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Zulässige Argumente sind:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
emph
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
noun
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
strikeout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
underbar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
uuline
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
uwave
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
no_emph
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
no_noun
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
no_strikeout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
no_bar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
no_uuline
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
no_uwave
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Jedes schaltet die entsprechende Eigenschaft an oder aus.
|
||
Zum Beispiel führt
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
emph
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
zum Stil
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Hervorhebung
|
||
\emph default
|
||
und
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
no_emph
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
schaltet diesen aus.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Falls Sie Letzteres verwirrt, erinnern Sie sich, dass die Schrifteinstellungen
|
||
standardmäßig von den umgebenden Stilen übernommen wird.
|
||
Daher schaltet
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
no_emph
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
die
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Hervorhebung
|
||
\emph default
|
||
aus, die z.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
B.
|
||
in einer Theorem-Umgebung aktiv ist.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Series
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Medium
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Bold
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Shape
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Up
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Italic
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
SmallCaps
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Slanted
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Size
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tiny
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
small
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
normal
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
large
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
larger
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
largest
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
huge
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
giant
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:Citation-format-description"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Citation format description
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
CiteFormat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
blocks are used to describe how bibliographic information should be displayed,
|
||
both within \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
itself (in the citation dialog and in tooltips, for example)
|
||
and in XHTML output.
|
||
Such a block might look like this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
CiteFormat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
article ...
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
book ...
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The individual lines define how the bibliographic information associated
|
||
with an article or book, respectively, is to be displayed, and such a definitio
|
||
n can be given for any `entry type' that might be present in a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
file.
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
defines a default format in the source code that will be used if no specific
|
||
definition has been given.
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
predefines several formats in the file
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
stdciteformats.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, which is included in most of \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
's document classes.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The definitions use a simple language that allows Bib\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
keys to be replaced
|
||
with their values.
|
||
Keys should be enclosed in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
%
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
signs, e.g.:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
%author%
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
So a simple definition might look like this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
misc %author%,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
%title%
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
This would print the author, followed by a comma, followed by the title,
|
||
in quotes, followed by a period.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Of course, sometimes you may want to print a key only if it exists.
|
||
This can be done by using a conditional construction, such as:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
{%volume%[[vol.
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
%volume%]]}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This says: If the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
volume
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
key exists, then print
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
vol.
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
followed by the volume key.
|
||
It is also possible to have an else clause in the conditional, such as:
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
{%author%[[%author%]][[%editor%, ed.]]}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Here, the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
author
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
key is printed if it exists; otherwise, the editor key is printed, followed
|
||
by
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ed.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Note that the key is again enclosed in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
%
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
signs; the entire conditional is enclosed in braces; and the if and else
|
||
clauses are enclosed in double brackets,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
[[
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
]]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
There must be no space between any of these.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
There is one other piece of syntax available in definitions, which looks
|
||
like this:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
{!<i>!}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This defines a piece of formatting information that is to be used when
|
||
creating
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
rich text
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Obviously, we do not want to output HTML tags when writing plain text,
|
||
so they should be wrapped in
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
{!
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
!}
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Two special sorts of definitions are also possible in a
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
CiteFormat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
block.
|
||
An example of the first would be:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
!quotetitle
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
%title%
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
This is an abbreviation, or macro, and it can be used by treating it as
|
||
if it were a key:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
%!quotetitle%
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
will treat
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
%!quotetitle%
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
exactly as it would treat its definition.
|
||
So, let us issue the obvious
|
||
\emph on
|
||
warning
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Do not do this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
!funfun %funfun%
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
or anything like it.
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
shouldn't go into an infinite loop, but it may go into a long one before
|
||
it gives up.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The second sort of special definition might look like this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
_pptext pp.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
This defines a translatable piece of text, which allows relevant parts of
|
||
the bibliography to be translated.
|
||
It can be included in a definition by treating it as a key:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
%_pptext%
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Several of these are predefined in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
stdciteformats.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Note that these are not macros, in the sense just defined.
|
||
They will not be expanded.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
So here then is an example that use all these features:
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\lang english
|
||
!authoredit {%author%[[%author%, ]][[{%editor%[[%editor%, %_edtext%, ]]}]]}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This defines a macro that prints the author, followed by a comma, if the
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
author
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
key is defined, or else prints the name of the editor, followed by the
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
_edtext
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or its translation (it is by default
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ed.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
), if the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
editor
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
key is defined.
|
||
Note that this is in fact defined in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
stdciteformats.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, so you can use it in your own definitions, or re-definitions, if you load
|
||
that file first.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Tags for XHTML output
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
As with \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
or DocBook, the format of \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
's XHTML output is also controlled by
|
||
layout information.
|
||
In general, \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
provides sensible defaults and, as mentioned earlier, it will
|
||
even construct default CSS style rules from the other layout tags.
|
||
For example, \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
will attempt to use the information provided in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Font
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
declaration for the Chapter style to write CSS that will appropriately
|
||
format chapter headings.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
In many cases, then, you may not have to do anything at all to get acceptable
|
||
XHTML output for your own environments, custom insets, and so forth.
|
||
But in some cases you will, and so \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
provides a number of layout tags that
|
||
can be used to customize the XHTML and CSS that are generated.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Note that there are two tags,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
AddToHTMLPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
that may appear outside style and inset declarations.
|
||
See
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Allgemeine-Parameter-für"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
for details on these.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Paragraph styles
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The sort of XHTML \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
outputs for a paragraph depends upon whether we are dealing
|
||
with a normal paragraph, a command, or an environment, where this is itself
|
||
determined by the contents of the corresponding
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
Type
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tag.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
For a command or normal paragraph, the output XHTML has the following form:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<tag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<labeltag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>Label</labeltag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Contents of the paragraph.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
</tag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The label tags are of course omitted if the paragraph does not have a label.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
For an environment that is not some sort of list, the XHTML takes this form:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<tag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<itemtag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
><labeltag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>Environment Label</labeltag>First paragraph.</itemtag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<itemtag>Second paragraph.</itemtag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
</tag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Note that the label is output only for the first paragraph, as it should
|
||
be for a theorem, for example.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
For a list, we have one of these forms:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<tag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<itemtag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
><labeltag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>List Label</labeltag>First item.</itemtag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<itemtag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
><labeltag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>List Label</labeltag>Second item.</itemtag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
</tag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<tag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<labeltag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>List Label</labeltag><itemtag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>First item.</itemtag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<labeltag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>List Label</labeltag><itemtag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>Second item.</itemtag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
</tag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Note the different orders of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
labeltag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
itemtag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Which order we get depends upon the setting of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLLabelFirst
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
: If
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLLabelFirst
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is false (the default), you get the first of these, with the label within
|
||
the item; if true, you get the second, with the label outside the item.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The specific tags and attributes output for each paragraph type can be controlle
|
||
d by means of the layout tags we are about to describe.
|
||
As mentioned earlier, however, \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
uses sensible defaults for many of these,
|
||
so you often may not need to do very much to get good XHTML output.
|
||
Think of the available tags as there so you can tweak things to your liking.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLAttr
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
|
||
For example,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
class=`mydiv'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
By default, \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
will output
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
class=`layoutname'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, where
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
layoutname
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is the \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
name of the layout, made lowercase, for example: chapter.
|
||
This should
|
||
\emph on
|
||
not
|
||
\emph default
|
||
contain any style information.
|
||
Use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for that purpose.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLForceCSS
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
\lang english
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Whether to output the default CSS information \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
generates for this layout,
|
||
even if additional information is explicitly provided via
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Setting this to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
allows you to alter or augment the generated CSS, rather than to override
|
||
it completely.
|
||
Default is
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLItem
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] The tag to be used for individual paragraphs of environments, replacing
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
itemtag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the examples above.
|
||
Defaults to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
div
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLItemAttr
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Attributes for the item tag.
|
||
Defaults to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
class=`layoutname_item'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This should
|
||
\emph on
|
||
not
|
||
\emph default
|
||
contain any style information.
|
||
Use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for that purpose.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLLabel
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] The tag to be used for paragraph and item labels, replacing
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
labeltag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the examples above.
|
||
Defaults to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
span
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, unless
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
LabelType
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is either
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Top_Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Centered_Top_Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, in which case it defaults to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
div
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLLabelAttr
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Attributes for the label tag.
|
||
Defaults to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
class=`layoutname_label'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This should
|
||
\emph on
|
||
not
|
||
\emph default
|
||
contain any style information.
|
||
Use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for that purpose.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLLabelFirst
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
\lang english
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Meaningful only for list-like environments, this tag controls whether
|
||
the label tag is output before or inside the item tag.
|
||
This is used, for example, in the description environment, where we want
|
||
`
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<dt>\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
</dt><dd>\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
</dd>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Default is
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
: The label tag is output inside the item tag.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Information to be output in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<head>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
section when this style is used.
|
||
This might, for example, be used to include a
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<script>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
block defining an
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
onclick
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
handler.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
CSS style information to be included when this style is used.
|
||
Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<style>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
|
||
Must end with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
EndHTMLStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLTag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] The tag to be used for the main label, replacing
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
tag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the examples above.
|
||
Defaults to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
div
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLTitle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
\lang english
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Marks this style as the one to be used to generate the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<title>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tag for the XHTML file.
|
||
By default, it is false.
|
||
The
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
stdtitle.inc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file sets it to true for the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
title
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
environment.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
InsetLayout XHTML
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The XHTML output of insets can also be controlled by information in layout
|
||
files.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
At present, this is true only for
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
text
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
insets (insets you can type into) and is not true for
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
command
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
insets (insets that are associated with dialog boxes).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Here, too, \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
tries to provide sensible defaults, and it constructs default
|
||
CSS style rules.
|
||
But everything can be customized.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The XHTML \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
outputs for an inset has the following form:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<tag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<labeltag>Label</labeltag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<innertag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>Contents of the inset.</innertag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
</tag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
If the inset permits multiple paragraphs—that is, if
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
MultiPar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is true—then the contents of the inset will itself be output as paragraphs
|
||
formatted according to the styles used for those paragraphs (standard,
|
||
quote, and the like).
|
||
The label tag is of course omitted if the paragraph does not have a label
|
||
and, at present, is always
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
span
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The inner tag is optional and, by default, does not appear.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The specific tags and attributes output for each inset can be controlled
|
||
by means of the following layout tags.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLAttr
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
|
||
For example,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
class=`myinset' onclick=`\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
By default, \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
will output
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
class=`insetname'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, where
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
insetname
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is the \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
name of the inset, made lowercase and with non-alphanumeric characters
|
||
converted to underscores, for example: footnote.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLForceCSS
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
\lang english
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Whether to output the default CSS information \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
generates for this layout,
|
||
even if additional information is explicitly provided via
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Setting this to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
allows you to alter or augment the generated CSS, rather than to override
|
||
it completely.
|
||
Default is 0.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLInnerAttr
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Attributes for the inner tag.
|
||
Defaults to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
class=`insetname_inner'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLInnerTag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] The inner tag, replacing
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
innertag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the examples above.
|
||
By default, there is none.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLIsBlock
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
\lang english
|
||
1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Whether this inset represents a standalone block of text (such as a footnote)
|
||
or instead represents material that is included in the surrounding text
|
||
(such as a branch).
|
||
Defaults to 1.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLLabel
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] A label for this inset, possibly including a reference to a counter.
|
||
For example, for footnote, it might be:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
arabic{footnote}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This is optional, and there is no default.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLPreamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Information to be output in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<head>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
section when this style is used.
|
||
This might, for example, be used to include a
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<script>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
block defining an
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
onclick
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
handler.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
CSS style information to be included when this style is used.
|
||
Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<style>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLTag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] The tag to be used for the main label, replacing
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
tag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the examples above.
|
||
The default depends upon the setting of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
MultiPar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
: If
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
MultiPar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is true, the default is
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
div
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
; if it is false, the default is
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
span
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Float XHTML
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The XHTML output for floats too can be controlled by layout information.
|
||
The output has the following form:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<tag attr=
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
value
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Contents of the float.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
</tag>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The caption, if there is one, is a separate inset and will be output as
|
||
such.
|
||
Its appearance can be controlled via the InsetLayout for caption insets.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLAttr
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
|
||
For example,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
class=`myfloat' onclick=`\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
By default, \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
will output
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
class=`float float-floattype'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, where
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
floattype
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
's name for this type of float, as determined by the float declaration
|
||
(see
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Gleitobjekte"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
), though made lowercase and with non-alphanumeric characters converted
|
||
to underscores, for example: float-table.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLStyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
CSS style information to be included when this float is used.
|
||
Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<style>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HTMLTag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
string
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] The tag to be used for this float, replacing
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
tag
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the example above.
|
||
The default is
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
div
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and will rarely need changing.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Bibliography formatting
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The bibliography can be formatted using
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
CiteFormat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
blocks.
|
||
See
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Citation-format-description"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
for the details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-generated CSS
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
We have several times mentioned that \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
will generate default CSS style rules
|
||
for both insets and paragraph styles, based upon the other layout information
|
||
that is provided.
|
||
In this section, we shall say a word about which layout information \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
uses
|
||
and how.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
At present, \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
auto-generates CSS only for font information, making use of
|
||
the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Family
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Series
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Shape
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Size
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
specified in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Font
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
declaration (see
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Beschreibung-des-Zeichensatzes"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The translation is mostly straightforward and obvious.
|
||
For example,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Family Sans
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
becomes
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
font-family: sans-serif;
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The correspondence of \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
sizes and CSS sizes is a little less obvious but
|
||
nonetheless intuitive.
|
||
See the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
getSizeCSS()
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
function in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
src/FontInfo.cpp
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for the details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Externes Material einfügen
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "cha:Externes-Material-einfügen"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
|
||
position "t"
|
||
hor_pos "c"
|
||
has_inner_box 1
|
||
inner_pos "t"
|
||
use_parbox 0
|
||
use_makebox 0
|
||
width "100col%"
|
||
special "none"
|
||
height "1in"
|
||
height_special "totalheight"
|
||
thickness "0.4pt"
|
||
separation "3pt"
|
||
shadowsize "4pt"
|
||
framecolor "black"
|
||
backgroundcolor "none"
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
WARNUNG:
|
||
\lang english
|
||
This portion of the documentation has not been updated for some time.
|
||
We certainly hope that it is still accurate, but there are no guarantees.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The use of material from sources external to \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
is covered in detail in the
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Embedded Objects
|
||
\emph default
|
||
manual.
|
||
This part of the manual covers what needs to happen behind the scenes for
|
||
new sorts of material to be included.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Wie funktioniert das?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die Einfügung
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Externes
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Material
|
||
\family default
|
||
basiert auf dem Konzept der Vorlage.
|
||
Eine solche Vorlage ist eine Spezifikation, wie \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
mit einer bestimmten Sorte
|
||
von Material umgehen soll.
|
||
Derzeit gehören zu \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
derartige Vorlagen für XFig-Abbildungen, Dia-Diagramme,
|
||
diverse Abbildungen im Rasterformat, Gnuplot und noch ein paar mehr.
|
||
Die vollständige Liste sehen Sie in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Datei\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Externes
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Material
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Darüberhinaus ist es möglich, durch eigene Vorlagen beliebige andere Formate
|
||
einzubinden.
|
||
Wir werden weiter unten beschreiben, was genau Sie dazu machen müssen und
|
||
hoffen, dass Sie derartig erstellte Vorlagen an das \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Team schicken, damit
|
||
sie in kommenden \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Versionen integriert werden können.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ein weiteres Merkmal der Idee der externen Einfügung ist die Unterscheidung
|
||
zwischen der ursprünglichen Datei, die als Grundlage für das eingefügte
|
||
Material dient, und der erzeugten Datei, die dann letztendlich in Ihr Dokument
|
||
eingebunden wird.
|
||
Wir wollen dies am Beispiel einer XFig-Abbildung erläutern.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Das Programm XFig bearbeitet eine speziell formatierte Datei mit der Endung
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.fig
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
In XFig können Sie Ihre Abbildung editieren und ändern, und zum Schluss
|
||
speichern Sie diese
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.fig
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Datei.
|
||
Wenn Sie nun eine derartige Abbildung in \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
einbinden wollen, müssen Sie
|
||
zunächst
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
transfig
|
||
\family default
|
||
starten, um eine PostScript-Datei zu erzeugen, die von \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
eingebunden werden
|
||
kann.
|
||
In diesem Fall ist also die
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.fig
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Datei die oben erwähnte Originaldatei, und die
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.ps-
|
||
\family default
|
||
Datei die tatsächlich eingebundene Datei.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Diese Unterscheidung ist wichtig, denn Sie erlaubt das einfache Ändern und
|
||
Aktualisieren des Materials, während Sie an Ihrem Text schreiben.
|
||
Außerdem ist erst so die Flexibilität gegeben, die benötigt wird, um unterschie
|
||
dliche Exportformate für die \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Datei zu ermöglichen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
So ist es im Falle einer Ausgabe als reiner (ASCII) Text sicher nicht sinnvoll,
|
||
eine PostScript-Datei im Rohformat einzubinden.
|
||
In diesem Fall wird dann entweder nur eine Referenz auf die Bilddatei angegeben
|
||
, oder aber es wird ein Konverter gestartet, der eine ASCII-Darstellung
|
||
erzeugt, die in etwa so aussieht wie die ursprüngliche Grafik.
|
||
Genau dies ist mit der Einfügung
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Externes Material
|
||
\family default
|
||
möglich, denn sie kennt all die notwendigen Befehle für derartige Konvertierung
|
||
en (sofern sie von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
unterstützt werden).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Darüberhinaus erlaubt die Einfügung
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Externes Material
|
||
\family default
|
||
aber auch die einfache Integration mit externen Betrachtern und Editoren.
|
||
So sind Sie bei einer XFig-Abbildung in der Lage, mit einem einigen Klick
|
||
XFig zu starten, um die Abbildung zu bearbeiten oder die erstellte PostScript-D
|
||
atei mit
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ghostview
|
||
\family default
|
||
zu betrachten.
|
||
Kein langes Herumsuchen mit Dateimanagern nach den Original- und Grafikdateien
|
||
mehr, und Sie müssen sich nicht mehr an die unterschiedlichen Parameter
|
||
erinnern, die vielleicht für diese Abbildung notwendig sind, um sie in
|
||
der richtigen Größe zu erstellen.
|
||
Sie haben ohne viel Aufwand Zugriff auf eine Vielzahl von Applikationen
|
||
und können so Ihre Produktivität ungemein steigern.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
besitzt also die Information über eine Vielzahl von externen Programmen,
|
||
um diese von Ihnen unbemerkt nutzen zu können und Ihnen so den größtmöglichen
|
||
Komfort zu bieten.
|
||
Und genau diese Information ist in den oben erwähnten Vorlagen gespeichert.
|
||
Jede dieser Vorlagen enthält eine Liste von Befehlen und Optionen, um externe
|
||
Programme zu starten, Formate zu konvertieren usw\SpecialChar endofsentence
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Ein fortgeschrittener Anwender kann mit derartigen selbst erstellten Vorlagen
|
||
die Möglichkeiten von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
stark erweitern, ohne dazu den eigentlichen Quellcode
|
||
verändern zu müssen.
|
||
Zwar ist dazu einiges an Arbeit notwendig, um all diese Befehle festzulegen,
|
||
aber zum Glück hat das \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Team das in einigen Fällen ja schon getan.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Eine kleine Einschränkung gibt es aber doch: Da es wie erwähnt eine Vielzahl
|
||
möglicher Exportformate für das eingefügte Material gibt, wäre es zu vermuten,
|
||
dass man von \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
aus auch alle diese Formate als Vorschau ansehen kann.
|
||
Das \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Team hat sich entschlossen, das nicht zu tun, um die Benutzerschnittstelle
|
||
so einfach wie möglich zu halten.
|
||
Anstatt im Dialog für jedes mögliche Exportformat einen eigenen Knopf für
|
||
die Vorschau zu haben, wurde das Konzept des primären Formats eingeführt,
|
||
und es gibt nur einen Schalter
|
||
\family sans
|
||
in
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LyX
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
anzeigen
|
||
\family default
|
||
, der die Datei in genau diesem primären Format anzeigt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Dieses Format wird durch die verwendete Dokumentenklasse festgelegt.
|
||
So ist es für die meisten Klassen \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
, für die DocBook-Klassen ist es aber
|
||
DocBook.
|
||
Denken Sie also daran, dass Ihnen die Vorschau lediglich das Aussehen in
|
||
diesem Hauptformat anzeigt; wenn Sie sehen wollen, wie das Ergebnis in
|
||
anderen Formaten aussieht, müssen Sie wie gewohnt die Konvertierung manuell
|
||
durchführen.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The external template configuration file
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
It is relatively easy to add custom external template definitions to \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
.
|
||
However, be aware that doing this in a careless manner most probably
|
||
\emph on
|
||
will
|
||
\emph default
|
||
introduce an easily exploitable security hole.
|
||
So before you do this, please read the discussion about security in
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Sicherheitshinweise"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Having said that, we encourage you to submit any interesting templates that
|
||
you create.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The external templates are defined in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\lang english
|
||
LyX
|
||
\family default
|
||
Dir/lib/external_templates
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file.
|
||
You can place your own version in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
UserDir/external_templates
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
A typical template looks like this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Template XFig
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
GuiName "XFig: $$AbsOrRelPathParent$$Basename"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HelpText
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
An XFig figure.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HelpTextEnd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
InputFormat fig
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
FileFilter "*.fig"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
AutomaticProduction true
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Transform Rotate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Transform Resize
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Format \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformCommand Rotate RotationLatexCommand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformCommand Resize ResizeLatexCommand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Product "$$RotateFront$$ResizeFront
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
input{$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$ResizeBack$$RotateBack"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
UpdateFormat pstex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pstex_t"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Requirement "graphicx"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
ReferencedFile dvi "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
FormatEnd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Format PDF\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformCommand Rotate RotationLatexCommand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformCommand Resize ResizeLatexCommand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Product "$$RotateFront$$ResizeFront
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
input{$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pdftex_t}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$ResizeBack$$RotateBack"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
UpdateFormat pdftex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pdftex_t"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Requirement "graphicx"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pdftex_t"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pdf"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
FormatEnd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Format Ascii
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Product "$$Contents(
|
||
\backslash
|
||
"$$AbsPath$$Basename.asc
|
||
\backslash
|
||
")"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
UpdateFormat asciixfig
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.asc"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
FormatEnd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Format DocBook
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Product "<graphic fileref=
|
||
\backslash
|
||
"$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.eps
|
||
\backslash
|
||
">
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
</graphic>"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
UpdateFormat eps
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
ReferencedFile docbook "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
ReferencedFile docbook-xml "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
FormatEnd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Product "[XFig: $$FName]"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
FormatEnd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TemplateEnd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
As you can see, the template is enclosed in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Template
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TemplateEnd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
It contains a header specifying some general settings and, for each supported
|
||
primary document file format, a section
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Format
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
FormatEnd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The template header
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
AutomaticProduction
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
true|false
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Whether the file represented by the template must be generated by \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
.
|
||
This command must occur exactly once.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
FileFilter
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<pattern>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
A glob pattern that is used in the file dialog to filter out the desired
|
||
files.
|
||
If there is more than one possible file extension (e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tgif has
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
.obj
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
.tgo
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
), use something like
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
"*.{obj,tgo}"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This command must occur exactly once.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
GuiName
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<guiname>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The text that is displayed on the button.
|
||
This command must occur exactly once.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
HelpText
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<text>
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
HelpTextEnd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The help text that is used in the External dialog.
|
||
Provide enough information to explain to the user just what the template
|
||
can provide him with.
|
||
This command must occur exactly once.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
InputFormat
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<format>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The file format of the original file.
|
||
This must be the name of a format that is known to \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
(see
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Formate"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Use
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
if the template can handle original files of more than one format.
|
||
\SpecialChar LyX
|
||
will attempt to interrogate the file itself in order to deduce its format
|
||
in this case.
|
||
This command must occur exactly once.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Template
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<id>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
A unique name for the template.
|
||
It must not contain substitution macros (see below).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Transform
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Rotate|Resize|Clip|Extra
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This command specifies which transformations are supported by this template.
|
||
It may occur zero or more times.
|
||
This command enables the corresponding tabs in the external dialog.
|
||
Each
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Transform
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
command must have either a corresponding
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformCommand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or a
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformOption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
command in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Format
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
section.
|
||
Otherwise the transformation will not be supported by that format.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The Format section
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Format
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
|PDF\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
|PlainText|DocBook
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The primary document file format that this format definition is for.
|
||
Not every template has a sensible representation in all document file formats.
|
||
Please define nevertheless a
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Format
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
section for all templates.
|
||
Use a dummy text when no representation is available.
|
||
Then you can at least see a reference to the external material in the exported
|
||
document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Option
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<name>
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<value>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This command defines an additional macro
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$<name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for substitution in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Product
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<value>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
itself may contain substitution macros.
|
||
The advantage over using
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
<value>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
directly in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Product
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is that the substituted value of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$<name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is sanitized so that it is a valid optional argument in the document format.
|
||
This command may occur zero or more times.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Product
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<text>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The text that is inserted in the exported document.
|
||
This is actually the most important command and can be quite complex.
|
||
This command must occur exactly once.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Preamble
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This command specifies a preamble snippet that will be included in the
|
||
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
preamble.
|
||
It has to be defined using
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
PreambleDef
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
PreambleDefEnd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This command may occur zero or more times.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
ReferencedFile
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<format>
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<filename>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This command denotes files that are created by the conversion process and
|
||
are needed for a particular export format.
|
||
If the filename is relative, it is interpreted relative to the master document.
|
||
This command may be given zero or more times.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Requirement
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<package>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The name of a required \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
package.
|
||
The package is included via
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
preamble.
|
||
This command may occur zero or more times.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformCommand
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Rotate
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
RotationLatexCommand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This command specifies that the built in \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
command should be used for rotation.
|
||
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformCommand
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Resize
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ResizeLatexCommand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This command specifies that the built in \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
command should be used for resizing.
|
||
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformOption
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Rotate
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
RotationLatexOption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This command specifies that rotation is done via an optional argument.
|
||
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformOption
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Resize
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ResizeLatexOption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This command specifies that resizing is done via an optional argument.
|
||
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformOption
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Clip
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ClipLatexOption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This command specifies that clipping is done via an optional argument.
|
||
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformOption
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Extra
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ExtraLatexOption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This command specifies that an extra optional argument is used.
|
||
This command may occur once or not at all.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
UpdateFormat
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<format>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The file format of the converted file.
|
||
This must be the name of a format that is known to \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
(see the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
||
File Format
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
dialog).
|
||
This command must occur exactly once.
|
||
If the resulting file format is PDF, you need to specify the format
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
pdf6
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This is the PDF format used for including graphics.
|
||
The other defined PDF formats are for document export.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
UpdateResult
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<filename>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The file name of the converted file.
|
||
The file name must be absolute.
|
||
This command must occur exactly once.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Preamble definitions
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The external template configuration file may contain additional preamble
|
||
definitions enclosed by
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
PreambleDef
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
\SpecialChar ldots
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
PreambleDefEnd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
They can be used by the templates in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Format
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
section.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Der Ersetzungsmechanismus
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Wenn über die externe Einfügung ein externes Programm gestartet wird, geschieht
|
||
dies anhand eines Befehls, der in der Vorlage festgelegt wurde.
|
||
Ein solcher Befehl kann diverse Makros enthalten, die vor dem eigentlichen
|
||
Aufruf ausgewertet werden.
|
||
Die Ausführung erfolgt dabei immer in demjenigen Verzeichnis, das auch
|
||
das \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Dokument enthält.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Also, whenever external material is to be displayed, the name will be produced
|
||
by the substitution mechanism, and most other commands in the template
|
||
definition support substitution as well.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Hier finden Sie eine Liste dieser Makros:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$AbsOrRelPathMaster
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The file path, absolute or relative to the master \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$AbsOrRelPathParent
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The file path, absolute or relative to the \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$AbsPath
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The absolute file path.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$Basename
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The filename without path and without the extension.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$Contents(
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
filename.ext
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This macro will expand to the contents of the file with the name
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
filename.ext
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$Extension
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The file extension (including the dot).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$pngOrjpg
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This will be the string
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
jpg
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
if the file is in JPEG format, otherwise it will be the string
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
png
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This is useful to avoid uneeded conversions for output formats that support
|
||
both PNG and JPEG fomats.
|
||
The predefined RasterImage template uses this macro for the pdf\SpecialChar TeX
|
||
output
|
||
format.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$FName
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The filename of the file specified in the external material dialog.
|
||
This is either an absolute name, or it is relative to the \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$FPath
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The path part of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$FName
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(absolute name or relative to the \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
document).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$RelPathMaster
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The file path, relative to the master \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$RelPathParent
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The file path, relative to the \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$Sysdir
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This macro will expand to the absolute path of the system directory.
|
||
This is typically used to point to the various helper scripts that are
|
||
bundled with \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$Tempname
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
A name and full path to a temporary file which will be automatically deleted
|
||
whenever the containing document is closed, or the external material insertion
|
||
deleted.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
All path macros contain a trailing directory separator, so you can construct
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
the absolute filename with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$AbsPath$$Basename$$Extension
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The macros above are substituted in all commands unless otherwise noted.
|
||
The command
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Product
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
supports additionally the following substitutions if they are enabled by
|
||
the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Transform
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformCommand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
commands:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$ResizeFront
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The front part of the resize command.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$ResizeBack
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The back part of the resize command.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$RotateFront
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The front part of the rotation command.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$RotateBack
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The back part of the rotation command.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The value string of the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Option
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
command supports additionally the following substitutions if they are enabled
|
||
by the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Transform
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
TransformOption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
commands:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$Clip
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The clip option.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$Extra
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The extra option.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$Resize
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The resize option.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$Rotate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The rotation option.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
You may ask why there are so many path macros.
|
||
There are mainly two reasons:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Relative and absolute file names should remain relative or absolute, respectivel
|
||
y.
|
||
Users may have reasons to prefer either form.
|
||
Relative names are useful for portable documents that should work on different
|
||
machines, for example.
|
||
Absolute names may be required by some programs.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
treats relative file names differently than \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
and other programs in nested
|
||
included files.
|
||
For \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
, a relative file name is always relative to the document that contains
|
||
the file name.
|
||
For \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
, it is always relative to the master document.
|
||
These two definitions are identical if you have only one document, but
|
||
differ if you have a master document that includes part documents.
|
||
That means that relative filenames must be transformed when presented to
|
||
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
.
|
||
Fortunately \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
does this automatically for you if you choose the right macros.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
So which path macro should be used in new template definitions? The rule
|
||
is not difficult:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$AbsPath
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
if an absolute path is required.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$AbsOrRelPathMaster
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
if the substituted string is some kind of \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
input.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Else use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
$$AbsOrRelPathParent
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in order to preserve the user's choice.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
There are special cases where this rule does not work and e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
relative names are needed, but normally it will work just fine.
|
||
One example for such a case is the command
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the XFig template above: We can't use the absolute name because the
|
||
copier for
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
.pstex_t
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
files needs the relative name in order to rewrite the file content.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Sicherheitshinweise
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:Sicherheitshinweise"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
The external material feature interfaces with a lot of external programs
|
||
and does so automatically, so we have to consider the security implications
|
||
of this.
|
||
In particular, since you have the option of including your own filenames
|
||
and/or parameter strings and those are expanded into a command, it seems
|
||
that it would be possible to create a malicious document which executes
|
||
arbitrary commands when a user views or prints the document.
|
||
This is something we definitely want to avoid.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
However, since the external program commands are specified in the template
|
||
configuration file only, there are no security issues if \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
is properly configure
|
||
d with safe templates only.
|
||
This is so because the external programs are invoked with the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
execvp
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-system call rather than the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
system
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
system-call, so it's not possible to execute arbitrary commands from the
|
||
filename or parameter section via the shell.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
This also implies that you are restricted in what command strings you can
|
||
use in the external material templates.
|
||
In particular, pipes and redirection are not readily available.
|
||
This has to be so if \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
should remain safe.
|
||
If you want to use some of the shell features, you should write a safe
|
||
script to do this in a controlled manner, and then invoke the script from
|
||
the command string.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
It is possible to design a template that interacts directly with the shell,
|
||
but since this would allow a malicious user to execute arbitrary commands
|
||
by writing clever filenames and/or parameters, we generally recommend that
|
||
you only use safe scripts that work with the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
execvp
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
system call in a controlled manner.
|
||
Of course, for use in a controlled environment, it can be tempting to just
|
||
fall back to use ordinary shell scripts.
|
||
If you do so, be aware that you
|
||
\emph on
|
||
will
|
||
\emph default
|
||
provide an easily exploitable security hole in your system.
|
||
Of course it stands to reason that such unsafe templates will never be
|
||
included in the standard \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
distribution, although we do encourage people
|
||
to submit new templates in the open source tradition.
|
||
But \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
as shipped from the official distribution channels will never have
|
||
unsafe templates.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
Including external material provides a lot of power, and you have to be
|
||
careful not to introduce security hazards with this power.
|
||
A subtle error in a single line in an innocent looking script can open
|
||
the door to huge security problems.
|
||
So if you do not fully understand the issues, we recommend that you consult
|
||
a knowledgeable security professional or the \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
development team if you have
|
||
any questions about whether a given template is safe or not.
|
||
And do this before you use it in an uncontrolled environment.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
\start_of_appendix
|
||
Liste der Funktionen für die Verwendung in Layout-Dateien
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "chap:Liste-von-Funktionen"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
\begin_inset Tabular
|
||
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="8">
|
||
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
||
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
accents
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
booktabs
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
feyn
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
listings
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
natbib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
rotfloat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tfrupee
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
wasysym
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
amsbsy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
calc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
fixltx2e
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
longtable
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
nomencl
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
rsphrase
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tipa
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
wrapfig
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
amscd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
CJK
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
float
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxskak
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
pdfcolmk
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
setspace
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tipx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
xargs
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
amsmath
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
framed
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
makeidx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
pdfpages
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
shapepar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tone
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
xcolor
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
amssymb
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
covington
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
graphicx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
marvosym
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
pifont
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
slashed
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
txfonts
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
xy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
amstext
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
csquotes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
hhline
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
mathdesign
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
pmboxdraw
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
soul
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ulem
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
yhmath
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
amsthm
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
dvipost
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
hyperref
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
mathdots
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
polyglossia
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
splitidx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
undertilde
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
array
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
endnotes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ifsym
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
mathrsfs
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
prettyref
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
subfig
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
units
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ascii
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
enumitem
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ifthen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
mhchem
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
pxfonts
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
subscript
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
url
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
bbding
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
esint
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
jurabib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
multicol
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
refstyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
textcomp
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
varioref
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
bm
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
fancybox
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
latexsym
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
multirow
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
rotating
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
textgreek
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
verbatim
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
</lyxtabular>
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Namen von verfügbaren Farben für die Verwendung in Layout-Dateien
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "chap:Namen-von-Farben"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Die hier aufgelisteten Farben sind die Standardfarben und die, die man in
|
||
den \SpecialChar LyX
|
||
-Voreinstellungen festlegen kann.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
none
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
Keine spezielle Farbe – entfernt Farbe oder setzt Farbe auf Voreinstellung
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
black
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
white
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
red
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
green
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
blue
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
cyan
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
magenta
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
yellow
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
added_space Added space marker color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
addedtext Added text color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
appendix Appendix marker color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
background
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
Hintergrundfarbe
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
bottomarea Bottom area color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
branchlabel Label color for branches
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
buttonbg Color used for bottom background
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
buttonhoverbg Color used for button background under focus
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
buttonframe Color for inset button frames
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
changebar Changebar color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
changedtextauthor1
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
Geänderter Text des 1.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Autors
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
changedtextauthor2
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
Geänderter Text des 2.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Autors
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
changedtextauthor3
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
Geänderter Text des 3.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Autors
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
changedtextauthor4
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
Geänderter Text des 4.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Autors
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
changedtextauthor5
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
Geänderter Text des 5.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Autors
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
collapsable_inset_frame Collapsable insets framecolor
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
collapsable_inset_text Collapsable insets text color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
command Text color for command insets
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
commandbg Background color for command insets
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
commandframe Frame color for command insets
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
comment color for comments
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
commentbg Background color of comments
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
cursor
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
Cursorfarbe
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
deletedtext Deleted text color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
deletedtextmodifier Deleted text modifying color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
depthbar Color for the depth bars in the margin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
eolmarker End of line marker color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
error Color of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
error box
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
footlabel Label color for footnotes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
graphicsbg Graphics inset background color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
greyedout Label color for greyedout insets
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
greyedoutbg Background color of greyedout inset
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
greyedouttext Color for greyedout inset text
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
indexlabel Label color for index insets
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
ignore The color is ignored
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
inherit The color is inherited
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
inlinecompletion Inline completion color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
insetbg Inset marker background color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
insetframe Inset marker frame color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
language Color for marking foreign language words
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
latex Text color in \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
||
mode
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
listingsbg Background color of listings inset
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
marginlabel Label color for margin notes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
math Math inset text color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
mathbg Math inset background color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
mathcorners Math inset frame color not under focus
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
mathframe Math inset frame color under focus
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
mathline Math line color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
mathmacrobg Macro math inset background color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
mathmacroblend Macro math blended color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
mathmacroframe Macro math frame color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
mathmacrohoverbg Macro math inset background color hovered
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
mathmacrolabel Macro math label color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
mathmacronewarg Macro template color for new parameters
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
mathmacrooldarg Macro template color for old parameters
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
newpage New page color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
nonunique_inlinecompletion Inline completion color for the non-unique part
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
notebg Background color of notes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
notelabel Label color for notes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
pagebreak Page break/line break color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
paragraphmarker Color used for the pilcrow sign to mark the end of a paragraph
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
phantomtext Text color for phantom insets
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
preview The color used for previews
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
previewframe Preview frame color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
regexpframe Color for regexp frame
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
selection
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
Hintergrundfarbe des ausgewählten Texts
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
selectiontext
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
Vordergrundfarbe des ausgewählten Texts
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
shadedbg Background color of shaded box
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
special Special chars text color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
tabularline Table line color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
tabularonoffline Table line color
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
urllabel Label color for URL insets
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\lang english
|
||
urltext Color for URL inset text
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_body
|
||
\end_document
|